libctf, ld, binutils: add textual error/warning reporting for libctf
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include <limits.h>
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "libiberty.h"
25 #include "filenames.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "obstack.h"
28 #include "bfdlink.h"
29 #include "ctf-api.h"
30
31 #include "ld.h"
32 #include "ldmain.h"
33 #include "ldexp.h"
34 #include "ldlang.h"
35 #include <ldgram.h>
36 #include "ldlex.h"
37 #include "ldmisc.h"
38 #include "ldctor.h"
39 #include "ldfile.h"
40 #include "ldemul.h"
41 #include "fnmatch.h"
42 #include "demangle.h"
43 #include "hashtab.h"
44 #include "elf-bfd.h"
45 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
46 #include "plugin.h"
47 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
48
49 #ifndef offsetof
50 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
51 #endif
52
53 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
54 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
55 of two, so we can use shifts. */
56 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
57 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
58
59 /* Local variables. */
60 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
61 static struct obstack map_obstack;
62
63 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
64 #define obstack_chunk_free free
65 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
66 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
67 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
68 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
69 static bfd_vma print_dot;
70 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
71 static const char *current_target;
72 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
73 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
74 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
75 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
76 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
77 lang_statement_union). */
78 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
79 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
80 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
81 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
82 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
83 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
84
85 /* Forward declarations. */
86 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
87 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
88 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
89 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
90 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
93 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
94 static void print_statements (void);
95 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
96 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
97 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
98 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
99 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
100 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
101 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
102
103 /* Exported variables. */
104 const char *output_target;
105 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
106 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
107 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
108 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
109 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
110 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
111 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
112 lang_statement_union). */
113 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
114 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
115 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
116 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
117 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
118 lang_statement_union). */
119 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
120 static const char *current_input_file;
121 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **current_dynamic_list_p;
122 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
123 const char *entry_section = ".text";
124 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
125 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
126 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
127 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
128 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
129 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
130 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
131 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
132 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
133 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
134 static ctf_file_t *ctf_output;
135 #endif
136
137 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
138 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
139 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
140
141 /* Count times through one_lang_size_sections_pass after mark phase. */
142 static int lang_sizing_iteration = 0;
143
144 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
145 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
146 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
147 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
148 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
149 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
150
151 #define new_stat(x, y) \
152 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
153
154 #define outside_section_address(q) \
155 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
156
157 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
158 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
159
160 /* CTF sections smaller than this are not compressed: compression of
161 dictionaries this small doesn't gain much, and this lets consumers mmap the
162 sections directly out of the ELF file and use them with no decompression
163 overhead if they want to. */
164 #define CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD 4096
165
166 void *
167 stat_alloc (size_t size)
168 {
169 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
170 }
171
172 static int
173 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
174 {
175 if (wildcardp (pattern))
176 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
177 return strcmp (pattern, name);
178 }
179
180 static char *
181 ldirname (const char *name)
182 {
183 const char *base = lbasename (name);
184 char *dirname;
185
186 while (base > name && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (base[-1]))
187 --base;
188 if (base == name)
189 return strdup (".");
190 dirname = strdup (name);
191 dirname[base - name] = '\0';
192 return dirname;
193 }
194
195 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
196 separator. If not, return NULL. */
197
198 static char *
199 archive_path (const char *pattern)
200 {
201 char *p = NULL;
202
203 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
204 return p;
205
206 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
207 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
208 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
209 return p;
210
211 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
212 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
213 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
214 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
215 #endif
216 return p;
217 }
218
219 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
220 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
221
222 static bfd_boolean
223 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
224 lang_input_statement_type *f)
225 {
226 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
227
228 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
229 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
230 && ((sep != file_spec)
231 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
232 {
233 match = TRUE;
234
235 if (sep != file_spec)
236 {
237 const char *aname = bfd_get_filename (f->the_bfd->my_archive);
238 *sep = 0;
239 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
240 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
241 }
242 }
243 return match;
244 }
245
246 static bfd_boolean
247 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
248 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
249 {
250 struct unique_sections *unam;
251 const char *secnam;
252
253 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
254 && sec->owner != NULL
255 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
256 return !(os != NULL
257 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
258
259 secnam = sec->name;
260 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
261 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
262 return TRUE;
263
264 return FALSE;
265 }
266
267 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
268
269 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
270 false. */
271
272 static bfd_boolean
273 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
274 lang_input_statement_type *file)
275 {
276 struct name_list *list_tmp;
277
278 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
279 list_tmp;
280 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
281 {
282 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
283
284 if (p != NULL)
285 {
286 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
287 return TRUE;
288 }
289
290 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
291 return TRUE;
292
293 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
294 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
295 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
296 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
297 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
298 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
299 bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive)) == 0)
300 return TRUE;
301 }
302
303 return FALSE;
304 }
305
306 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
307 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
308 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
309 function is very fast. */
310
311 static void
312 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
313 lang_input_statement_type *file,
314 asection *s,
315 struct wildcard_list *sec,
316 callback_t callback,
317 void *data)
318 {
319 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
320 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
321 return;
322
323 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
324 }
325
326 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
327 but slowly. */
328
329 static void
330 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
331 lang_input_statement_type *file,
332 callback_t callback,
333 void *data)
334 {
335 asection *s;
336 struct wildcard_list *sec;
337
338 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
339 {
340 sec = ptr->section_list;
341 if (sec == NULL)
342 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
343
344 while (sec != NULL)
345 {
346 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
347
348 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
349 {
350 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
351
352 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
353 }
354
355 if (!skip)
356 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
357
358 sec = sec->next;
359 }
360 }
361 }
362
363 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
364 than one section with that name, we report that. */
365
366 typedef struct
367 {
368 asection *found_section;
369 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
370 } section_iterator_callback_data;
371
372 static bfd_boolean
373 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
374 {
375 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
376
377 if (d->found_section != NULL)
378 {
379 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
380 return TRUE;
381 }
382
383 d->found_section = s;
384 return FALSE;
385 }
386
387 static asection *
388 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
389 struct wildcard_list *sec,
390 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
391 {
392 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
393
394 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
395 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
396 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
397 return cb_data.found_section;
398 }
399
400 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
401 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
402
403 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
404 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
405
406 static bfd_boolean
407 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
408 {
409 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
410 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
411 }
412
413 static bfd_boolean
414 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
415 {
416 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
417 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
418 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
419 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
420 return FALSE;
421
422 pattern += 4;
423 name += 4;
424 while (*pattern != '*')
425 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
426 return FALSE;
427
428 return TRUE;
429 }
430
431 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
432 section name NAME. */
433
434 static int
435 get_init_priority (const asection *sec)
436 {
437 const char *name = bfd_section_name (sec);
438 const char *dot;
439
440 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
441 attribute with numerical values 101 to 65535 inclusive. A
442 lower value means a higher priority.
443
444 1: .init_array.NNNNN/.fini_array.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is the
445 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
446 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
447 .fini_array is backward.
448 2: .ctors.NNNNN/.dtors.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is 65535 minus the
449 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
450 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
451 is forward.
452
453 .init_array.NNNNN sections would normally be placed in an output
454 .init_array section, .fini_array.NNNNN in .fini_array,
455 .ctors.NNNNN in .ctors, and .dtors.NNNNN in .dtors. This means
456 we should sort by increasing number (and could just use
457 SORT_BY_NAME in scripts). However if .ctors.NNNNN sections are
458 being placed in .init_array (which may also contain
459 .init_array.NNNNN sections) or .dtors.NNNNN sections are being
460 placed in .fini_array then we need to extract the init_priority
461 attribute and sort on that. */
462 dot = strrchr (name, '.');
463 if (dot != NULL && ISDIGIT (dot[1]))
464 {
465 char *end;
466 unsigned long init_priority = strtoul (dot + 1, &end, 10);
467 if (*end == 0)
468 {
469 if (dot == name + 6
470 && (strncmp (name, ".ctors", 6) == 0
471 || strncmp (name, ".dtors", 6) == 0))
472 init_priority = 65535 - init_priority;
473 if (init_priority <= INT_MAX)
474 return init_priority;
475 }
476 }
477 return -1;
478 }
479
480 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
481
482 static int
483 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
484 {
485 int ret;
486 int a_priority, b_priority;
487
488 switch (sort)
489 {
490 default:
491 abort ();
492
493 case by_init_priority:
494 a_priority = get_init_priority (asec);
495 b_priority = get_init_priority (bsec);
496 if (a_priority < 0 || b_priority < 0)
497 goto sort_by_name;
498 ret = a_priority - b_priority;
499 if (ret)
500 break;
501 else
502 goto sort_by_name;
503
504 case by_alignment_name:
505 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
506 if (ret)
507 break;
508 /* Fall through. */
509
510 case by_name:
511 sort_by_name:
512 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
513 break;
514
515 case by_name_alignment:
516 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
517 if (ret)
518 break;
519 /* Fall through. */
520
521 case by_alignment:
522 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
523 break;
524 }
525
526 return ret;
527 }
528
529 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
530 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
531 of sections are large. */
532
533 static lang_section_bst_type **
534 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
535 struct wildcard_list *sec,
536 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 asection *section)
538 {
539 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
540
541 tree = &wild->tree;
542 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
543 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
544 {
545 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
546 while (*tree)
547 tree = &((*tree)->right);
548 return tree;
549 }
550
551 while (*tree)
552 {
553 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
554 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
555 tree = &((*tree)->left);
556 else
557 tree = &((*tree)->right);
558 }
559
560 return tree;
561 }
562
563 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
564
565 static void
566 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 struct wildcard_list *sec,
568 asection *section,
569 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
570 lang_input_statement_type *file,
571 void *output)
572 {
573 lang_section_bst_type *node;
574 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
575 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
576
577 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
578
579 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
580 return;
581
582 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
583 node->left = 0;
584 node->right = 0;
585 node->section = section;
586
587 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
588 if (tree != NULL)
589 *tree = node;
590 }
591
592 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
593
594 static void
595 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
596 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
597 void *output)
598 {
599 if (tree->left)
600 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
601
602 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
603 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
604
605 if (tree->right)
606 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
607
608 free (tree);
609 }
610
611 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
612 wildcards */
613
614 static void
615 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
616 lang_input_statement_type *file,
617 callback_t callback,
618 void *data)
619 {
620 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
621 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
622 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
623 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
624 get processed in the bfd's order. */
625 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
626 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
627 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
628
629 if (multiple_sections_found)
630 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
631 else if (s0)
632 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
633 }
634
635 static void
636 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
637 lang_input_statement_type *file,
638 callback_t callback,
639 void *data)
640 {
641 asection *s;
642 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
643
644 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
645 {
646 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
647 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
648
649 if (!skip)
650 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
651 }
652 }
653
654 static void
655 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
656 lang_input_statement_type *file,
657 callback_t callback,
658 void *data)
659 {
660 asection *s;
661 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
662 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
663 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
664 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
665
666 if (multiple_sections_found)
667 {
668 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
669 return;
670 }
671
672 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
673 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
674 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
675 {
676 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
677 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
678 wildspec1. */
679 if (s == s0)
680 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
681 else
682 {
683 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
684 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
685
686 if (!skip)
687 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
688 data);
689 }
690 }
691 }
692
693 static void
694 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
695 lang_input_statement_type *file,
696 callback_t callback,
697 void *data)
698 {
699 asection *s;
700 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
701 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
702 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
703 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
704 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
705
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 {
718 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
719 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
720
721 if (!skip)
722 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
723 else
724 {
725 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
726 if (!skip)
727 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
728 data);
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733
734 static void
735 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
736 lang_input_statement_type *file,
737 callback_t callback,
738 void *data)
739 {
740 asection *s;
741 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
742 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
743 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
744 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
745 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
746 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
747
748 if (multiple_sections_found)
749 {
750 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
751 return;
752 }
753
754 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
755 if (multiple_sections_found)
756 {
757 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
758 return;
759 }
760
761 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
762 {
763 if (s == s0)
764 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
765 else
766 if (s == s1)
767 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
768 else
769 {
770 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
771 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
772 sname);
773
774 if (!skip)
775 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
776 data);
777 else
778 {
779 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
780 if (!skip)
781 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
782 callback, data);
783 }
784 }
785 }
786 }
787
788 static void
789 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
790 lang_input_statement_type *file,
791 callback_t callback,
792 void *data)
793 {
794 if (file->flags.just_syms)
795 return;
796
797 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
798 }
799
800 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
801 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
802 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
803 first wildcard character. */
804
805 static bfd_boolean
806 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
807 {
808 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
809 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
810 size_t min_prefix_len;
811
812 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
813 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
814 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
815 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
816 prefix1_len++;
817 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
818 prefix2_len++;
819
820 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
821
822 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
823 }
824
825 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
826 statements. */
827
828 static void
829 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
830 {
831 int sec_count = 0;
832 int wild_name_count = 0;
833 struct wildcard_list *sec;
834 int signature;
835 int data_counter;
836
837 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
838 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
839 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
840 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
841 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
842 ptr->tree = NULL;
843
844 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
845 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
846 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
847 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
848 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
849 ending in a single '*'. */
850 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
851 {
852 ++sec_count;
853 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
854 return;
855 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
856 {
857 ++wild_name_count;
858 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
859 return;
860 }
861 }
862
863 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
864 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
865 happen in practice. */
866 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
867 return;
868
869 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
870 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
871 {
872 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
873 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
874 {
875 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
876 return;
877 }
878 }
879
880 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
881 switch (signature)
882 {
883 case 0x0100:
884 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
885 break;
886 case 0x0101:
887 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
888 break;
889 case 0x0201:
890 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
891 break;
892 case 0x0302:
893 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
894 break;
895 case 0x0402:
896 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
897 break;
898 default:
899 return;
900 }
901
902 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
903 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
904 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
905 given order, because we've already determined that no section
906 will match more than one spec. */
907 data_counter = 0;
908 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
909 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
910 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
911 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
912 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
913 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
914 }
915
916 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
917
918 static void
919 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
920 lang_input_statement_type *f,
921 callback_t callback,
922 void *data)
923 {
924 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
925 return;
926
927 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
928 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
929 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
930 else
931 {
932 bfd *member;
933
934 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
935 archive separately. */
936 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
937 while (member != NULL)
938 {
939 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
940 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
941 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
942 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
943 lang_input_statement. */
944 if (bfd_usrdata (member) != NULL)
945 walk_wild_section (s, bfd_usrdata (member), callback, data);
946
947 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
948 }
949 }
950 }
951
952 static void
953 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
954 {
955 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
956 char *p;
957
958 if (file_spec == NULL)
959 {
960 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
961 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
962 {
963 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
964 }
965 }
966 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
967 {
968 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
969 {
970 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
971 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
972 }
973 }
974 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
975 {
976 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
977 {
978 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
979 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
980 }
981 }
982 else
983 {
984 lang_input_statement_type *f;
985
986 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
987 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
988 if (f)
989 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
990 }
991 }
992
993 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
994 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
995 with constraint set to -1. */
996
997 void
998 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
999 lang_statement_union_type *s)
1000 {
1001 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
1002 {
1003 func (s);
1004
1005 switch (s->header.type)
1006 {
1007 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1008 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
1009 break;
1010 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1011 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
1012 lang_for_each_statement_worker
1013 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
1014 break;
1015 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1016 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1017 s->wild_statement.children.head);
1018 break;
1019 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1020 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1021 s->group_statement.children.head);
1022 break;
1023 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1024 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1025 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1026 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1027 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1028 case lang_input_section_enum:
1029 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1030 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1031 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1032 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1033 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1034 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1035 break;
1036 default:
1037 FAIL ();
1038 break;
1039 }
1040 }
1041 }
1042
1043 void
1044 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1045 {
1046 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1047 }
1048
1049 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1050
1051 void
1052 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1053 {
1054 list->head = NULL;
1055 list->tail = &list->head;
1056 }
1057
1058 static void
1059 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1060 void *element,
1061 void *field)
1062 {
1063 *(list->tail) = element;
1064 list->tail = field;
1065 }
1066
1067 void
1068 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1069 {
1070 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1071 abort ();
1072 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1073 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1074 }
1075
1076 void
1077 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1078 {
1079 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1080 abort ();
1081 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1082 }
1083
1084 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1085
1086 static lang_statement_union_type *
1087 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1088 size_t size,
1089 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1090 {
1091 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1092
1093 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1094 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1095 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1096 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1097 return new_stmt;
1098 }
1099
1100 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1101 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1102 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1103
1104 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1105 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1106 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1107 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1108
1109 static lang_input_statement_type *
1110 new_afile (const char *name,
1111 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1112 const char *target,
1113 const char *from_filename)
1114 {
1115 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1116
1117 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1118
1119 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1120 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1121 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1122 p->extra_search_path = NULL;
1123 p->target = target;
1124 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1125 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1126 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1127 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1128 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1129
1130 switch (file_type)
1131 {
1132 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1133 p->filename = name;
1134 p->local_sym_name = name;
1135 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1136 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1137 break;
1138 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1139 p->filename = name;
1140 p->local_sym_name = name;
1141 break;
1142 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1143 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1144 {
1145 p->filename = name + 1;
1146 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1147 }
1148 else
1149 p->filename = name;
1150 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1151 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1152 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1153 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1154 break;
1155 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1156 p->filename = name;
1157 p->local_sym_name = name;
1158 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1159 break;
1160 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1161 p->filename = name;
1162 p->local_sym_name = name;
1163 /* If name is a relative path, search the directory of the current linker
1164 script first. */
1165 if (from_filename && !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
1166 p->extra_search_path = ldirname (from_filename);
1167 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1168 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1169 break;
1170 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1171 p->filename = name;
1172 p->local_sym_name = name;
1173 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1174 break;
1175 default:
1176 FAIL ();
1177 }
1178
1179 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1180 return p;
1181 }
1182
1183 lang_input_statement_type *
1184 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1185 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1186 const char *target)
1187 {
1188 if (name != NULL
1189 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1190 {
1191 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1192 char *sysrooted_name
1193 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1194 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1195 (const char *) NULL);
1196
1197 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1198 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1199 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1200 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1201 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1202 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1203 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1204 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1205 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1206 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, NULL);
1207 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1208 return ret;
1209 }
1210
1211 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, current_input_file);
1212 }
1213
1214 struct out_section_hash_entry
1215 {
1216 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1217 lang_statement_union_type s;
1218 };
1219
1220 /* The hash table. */
1221
1222 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1223
1224 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1225 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1226
1227 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1228 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1229 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1230 const char *string)
1231 {
1232 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1233 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1234
1235 if (entry == NULL)
1236 {
1237 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1238 sizeof (*ret));
1239 if (entry == NULL)
1240 return entry;
1241 }
1242
1243 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1244 if (entry == NULL)
1245 return entry;
1246
1247 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1248 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1249 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1250 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1251 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1252 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1253 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1254 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1255
1256 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1257 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1258 field of the last element of the list. */
1259 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1260 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1261 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1262 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1263 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1264
1265 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1266 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1267 instead. */
1268 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1269 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1270 return &ret->root;
1271 }
1272
1273 static void
1274 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1275 {
1276 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1277 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1278 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1279 61))
1280 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1281 }
1282
1283 static void
1284 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1285 {
1286 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1287 }
1288
1289 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1290
1291 void
1292 lang_init (void)
1293 {
1294 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1295
1296 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1297
1298 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1299
1300 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1301
1302 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1303 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1304 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1305 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1306 NULL);
1307 abs_output_section =
1308 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1309
1310 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1311
1312 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1313 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1314 }
1315
1316 void
1317 lang_finish (void)
1318 {
1319 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1320 }
1321
1322 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1323 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1324 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1325 syntax.
1326
1327 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1328
1329 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1330 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1331
1332 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1333 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1334 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1335 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1336 and so we issue a warning.
1337
1338 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1339 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1340 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1341 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1342 region. */
1343
1344 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1345 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1346 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1347
1348 lang_memory_region_type *
1349 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1350 {
1351 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1352 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1353 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1354
1355 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1356 if (name == NULL)
1357 return NULL;
1358
1359 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1360 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1361 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1362 {
1363 if (create)
1364 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1365 NULL, name);
1366 return r;
1367 }
1368
1369 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1370 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1371 NULL, name);
1372
1373 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1374
1375 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1376 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1377 new_region->next = NULL;
1378 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1379 new_region->origin = 0;
1380 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1381 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1382 new_region->current = 0;
1383 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1384 new_region->flags = 0;
1385 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1386 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1387
1388 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1389 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1390
1391 return new_region;
1392 }
1393
1394 void
1395 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1396 {
1397 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1398 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1399 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1400
1401 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1402 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1403 the default memory region. */
1404 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1405 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1406 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1407
1408 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1409 in use. */
1410 region = NULL;
1411 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1412 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1413 {
1414 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1415 region = r;
1416 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1417 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1418 "alias `%s'\n"),
1419 NULL, alias);
1420 }
1421
1422 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1423 if (region == NULL)
1424 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1425 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1426 NULL, region_name, alias);
1427
1428 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1429 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1430 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1431 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1432 region->name_list.next = n;
1433 }
1434
1435 static lang_memory_region_type *
1436 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1437 {
1438 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1439
1440 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1441
1442 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1443 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1444 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1445
1446 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1447 {
1448 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1449 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1450 {
1451 return p;
1452 }
1453 }
1454 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1455 }
1456
1457 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1458
1459 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1460 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1461 {
1462 return bfd_section_userdata (output_section);
1463 }
1464
1465 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1466 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1467 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1468 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1469
1470 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1471 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1472 int constraint,
1473 bfd_boolean create)
1474 {
1475 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1476
1477 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1478 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1479 create, FALSE));
1480 if (entry == NULL)
1481 {
1482 if (create)
1483 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1484 return NULL;
1485 }
1486
1487 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1488 {
1489 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1490 constraint. */
1491 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1492
1493 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1494 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1495 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1496 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1497 but that shouldn't matter. */
1498 last_ent = entry;
1499 else
1500 do
1501 {
1502 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1503 || (constraint == 0
1504 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1505 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1506 last_ent = entry;
1507 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1508 }
1509 while (entry != NULL
1510 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1511
1512 if (!create)
1513 return NULL;
1514
1515 entry
1516 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1517 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1518 &output_section_statement_table,
1519 name));
1520 if (entry == NULL)
1521 {
1522 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1523 return NULL;
1524 }
1525 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1526 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1527 }
1528
1529 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1530 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1531 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1532 }
1533
1534 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1535 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1536 match any non-negative constraint. */
1537
1538 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1539 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1540 int constraint)
1541 {
1542 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1543 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1544 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1545 ((char *) os
1546 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1547 const char *name = os->name;
1548
1549 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1550 do
1551 {
1552 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1553 if (entry == NULL
1554 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1555 return NULL;
1556 }
1557 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1558 && (constraint != 0
1559 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1560
1561 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1562 }
1563
1564 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1565 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1566 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1567 sets *EXACT too. */
1568
1569 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1570 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1571 flagword sec_flags,
1572 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1573 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1574 {
1575 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1576 flagword look_flags, differ;
1577
1578 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1579 skip it. */
1580 first = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1581 first = first->next;
1582
1583 /* First try for an exact match. */
1584 found = NULL;
1585 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1586 {
1587 look_flags = look->flags;
1588 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1589 {
1590 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1591 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1592 look->bfd_section,
1593 sec->owner, sec))
1594 continue;
1595 }
1596 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1597 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1598 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1599 found = look;
1600 }
1601 if (found != NULL)
1602 {
1603 if (exact != NULL)
1604 *exact = found;
1605 return found;
1606 }
1607
1608 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1609 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1610 {
1611 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1612 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1613 {
1614 look_flags = look->flags;
1615 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1616 {
1617 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1618 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1619 look->bfd_section,
1620 sec->owner, sec))
1621 continue;
1622 }
1623 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1624 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1625 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1626 found = look;
1627 }
1628 }
1629 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1630 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1631 {
1632 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1633 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1634 {
1635 look_flags = look->flags;
1636 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1637 {
1638 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1639 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1640 look->bfd_section,
1641 sec->owner, sec))
1642 continue;
1643 }
1644 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1645 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1646 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1647 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1648 | SEC_READONLY))
1649 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1650 found = look;
1651 }
1652 }
1653 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1654 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1655 {
1656 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1657 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1658 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1659
1660 match_type = NULL;
1661 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1662 {
1663 look_flags = look->flags;
1664 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1665 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1666
1667 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1668 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1669 {
1670 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1671 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1672 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1673 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1674 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1675 previous section. */
1676 break;
1677 found = look;
1678 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1679 }
1680 else if (seen_thread_local)
1681 break;
1682 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1683 found = look;
1684 }
1685 }
1686 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1687 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1688 {
1689 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1690 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1691 {
1692 look_flags = look->flags;
1693 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1694 {
1695 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1696 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1697 look->bfd_section,
1698 sec->owner, sec))
1699 continue;
1700 }
1701 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1702 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1703 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1704 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1705 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1706 found = look;
1707 }
1708 }
1709 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1710 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1711 {
1712 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1713 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1714 {
1715 look_flags = look->flags;
1716 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1717 {
1718 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1719 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1720 look->bfd_section,
1721 sec->owner, sec))
1722 continue;
1723 }
1724 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1725 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1726 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1727 found = look;
1728 }
1729 }
1730 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1731 {
1732 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1733 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1734 {
1735 look_flags = look->flags;
1736 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1737 {
1738 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1739 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1740 look->bfd_section,
1741 sec->owner, sec))
1742 continue;
1743 }
1744 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1745 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1746 found = look;
1747 }
1748 }
1749 else
1750 {
1751 /* non-alloc go last. */
1752 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1753 {
1754 look_flags = look->flags;
1755 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1756 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1757 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1758 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1759 found = look;
1760 }
1761 return found;
1762 }
1763
1764 if (found || !match_type)
1765 return found;
1766
1767 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1768 }
1769
1770 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1771 Used by place_orphan. */
1772
1773 static asection *
1774 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1775 {
1776 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1777
1778 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1779 {
1780 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1781 continue;
1782
1783 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1784 return lookup->bfd_section;
1785 }
1786
1787 return NULL;
1788 }
1789
1790 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1791 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1792 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1793 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1794 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1795 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1796 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1797 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1798 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1799 image symbols. */
1800
1801 static lang_statement_union_type **
1802 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1803 {
1804 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1805 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1806 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1807
1808 ignore_first = after == (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1809
1810 for (where = &after->header.next;
1811 *where != NULL;
1812 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1813 {
1814 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1815 {
1816 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1817 if (assign == NULL)
1818 {
1819 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1820
1821 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1822 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1823 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1824 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1825 {
1826 if (!ignore_first)
1827 assign = where;
1828 ignore_first = FALSE;
1829 }
1830 }
1831 continue;
1832 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1833 case lang_input_section_enum:
1834 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1835 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1836 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1837 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1838 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1839 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1840 assign = NULL;
1841 ignore_first = FALSE;
1842 continue;
1843 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1844 if (assign != NULL)
1845 {
1846 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1847
1848 if (s == NULL
1849 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1850 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1851 where = assign;
1852 }
1853 break;
1854 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1855 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1856 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1857 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1858 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1859 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1860 continue;
1861 }
1862 break;
1863 }
1864
1865 return where;
1866 }
1867
1868 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1869 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1870 const char *secname,
1871 int constraint,
1872 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1873 struct orphan_save *place,
1874 etree_type *address,
1875 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1876 {
1877 lang_statement_list_type add;
1878 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1879 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1880
1881 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1882 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1883 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1884 if (after != NULL)
1885 {
1886 lang_list_init (&add);
1887 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1888 }
1889
1890 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1891 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1892 address = exp_intop (0);
1893
1894 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1895 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1896 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1897
1898 if (add_child == NULL)
1899 add_child = &os->children;
1900 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1901
1902 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1903 {
1904 const char *region = (after->region
1905 ? after->region->name_list.name
1906 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1907 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1908 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1909 : NULL);
1910 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1911 lma_region);
1912 }
1913 else
1914 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1915 NULL);
1916
1917 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1918 if (after != NULL)
1919 pop_stat_ptr ();
1920
1921 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1922 {
1923 asection *snew, *as;
1924 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1925 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1926
1927 snew = os->bfd_section;
1928
1929 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1930 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1931 if (place->section == NULL
1932 && after != (void *) lang_os_list.head)
1933 {
1934 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1935
1936 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1937 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1938 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1939 output section. */
1940 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1941 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1942
1943 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1944 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1945 }
1946
1947 if (place->section == NULL)
1948 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1949
1950 as = *place->section;
1951
1952 if (!as)
1953 {
1954 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1955
1956 /* Unlink the section. */
1957 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1958
1959 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1960 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1961 }
1962 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1963 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1964 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1965 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1966 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1967 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1968 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1969 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1970 {
1971 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1972 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1973 section after a note section, */
1974 asection *sec;
1975 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1976 should be placed. */
1977 asection *after_sec;
1978 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1979 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1980 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1981
1982 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1983
1984 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1985 ascending order. */
1986 after_sec = NULL;
1987 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1988 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1989 {
1990 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1991 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1992 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1993
1994 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1995 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1996 (sec != NULL
1997 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1998 sec = sec->next)
1999 if (sec != snew
2000 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2001 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2002 {
2003 if (!first_orphan_note)
2004 first_orphan_note = sec;
2005 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
2006 after_sec = sec;
2007 }
2008 else if (first_orphan_note)
2009 {
2010 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
2011 orphan note section. */
2012 break;
2013 }
2014
2015 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
2016 be placed at the default location. */
2017 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
2018 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
2019 {
2020 /* If all output note sections have smaller
2021 alignments, place the section before all
2022 output orphan note sections. */
2023 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
2024 insert_after = FALSE;
2025 }
2026 }
2027 else if (first_orphan_note)
2028 {
2029 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2030 note sections. */
2031 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2032 after_sec = as;
2033 for (sec = as->next;
2034 (sec != NULL
2035 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2036 sec = sec->next)
2037 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2038 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2039 after_sec = sec;
2040 }
2041
2042 if (after_sec_note)
2043 {
2044 if (after_sec)
2045 {
2046 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2047 statement. */
2048 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2049 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2050 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2051 {
2052 next = stmt->next;
2053 if (insert_after)
2054 {
2055 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2056 {
2057 place_after = TRUE;
2058 found = TRUE;
2059 after = stmt;
2060 break;
2061 }
2062 }
2063 else
2064 {
2065 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2066 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2067 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2068 {
2069 place_after = TRUE;
2070 found = TRUE;
2071 after = stmt;
2072 break;
2073 }
2074 }
2075 }
2076
2077 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2078 statement. */
2079 if (!found)
2080 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2081 {
2082 if (insert_after)
2083 {
2084 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2085 {
2086 place_after = TRUE;
2087 after = stmt;
2088 break;
2089 }
2090 }
2091 else
2092 {
2093 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2094 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2095 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2096 {
2097 place_after = TRUE;
2098 after = stmt;
2099 break;
2100 }
2101 }
2102 }
2103 }
2104
2105 if (after_sec == NULL
2106 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2107 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2108 {
2109 /* Unlink the section. */
2110 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2111
2112 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2113 prepend SNEW. */
2114 if (after_sec)
2115 {
2116 if (insert_after)
2117 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2118 after_sec, snew);
2119 else
2120 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2121 after_sec, snew);
2122 }
2123 else
2124 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2125 }
2126 }
2127 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2128 {
2129 /* Unlink the section. */
2130 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2131
2132 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2133 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2134 as, snew);
2135 }
2136 }
2137 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2138 {
2139 /* Unlink the section. */
2140 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2141
2142 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2143 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2144 }
2145
2146 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2147 follow the one we've just added. */
2148 place->section = &snew->next;
2149
2150 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2151 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2152 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2153 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2154 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2155 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2156 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2157 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2158 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2159 if (add.head != NULL)
2160 {
2161 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2162
2163 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2164 if (place_after)
2165 {
2166 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2167
2168 *add.tail = *where;
2169 *where = add.head;
2170
2171 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2172 }
2173 else
2174 {
2175 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2176 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2177 *place->stmt = add.head;
2178 }
2179
2180 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2181 new list at the tail. */
2182 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2183 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2184
2185 /* Save the end of this list. */
2186 place->stmt = add.tail;
2187
2188 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2189 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2190 *os_tail = NULL;
2191 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2192 ((char *) place->os_tail
2193 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2194 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2195 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2196 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2197 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2198 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2199
2200 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2201 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2202 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2203 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2204 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2205 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2206 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2207 }
2208 }
2209 return os;
2210 }
2211
2212 static void
2213 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2214 {
2215 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2216
2217 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2218 return;
2219
2220 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2221
2222 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2223 {
2224 size_t len;
2225
2226 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2227 len = strlen (m->soname);
2228
2229 if (len >= 29)
2230 {
2231 print_nl ();
2232 len = 0;
2233 }
2234 while (len < 30)
2235 {
2236 print_space ();
2237 ++len;
2238 }
2239
2240 if (m->ref != NULL)
2241 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2242 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2243 }
2244 }
2245
2246 static void
2247 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2248 {
2249 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2250 minfo ("a");
2251
2252 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2253 minfo ("x");
2254
2255 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2256 minfo ("r");
2257
2258 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2259 minfo ("w");
2260
2261 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2262 minfo ("l");
2263 }
2264
2265 void
2266 lang_map (void)
2267 {
2268 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2269 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2270
2271 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2272 {
2273 asection *s;
2274
2275 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2276 || file->flags.just_syms)
2277 continue;
2278
2279 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2280 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2281 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2282 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2283 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2284 {
2285 if (! dis_header_printed)
2286 {
2287 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2288 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2289 }
2290
2291 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2292 }
2293 }
2294
2295 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2296 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2297 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2298
2299 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2300 {
2301 char buf[100];
2302 int len;
2303
2304 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2305
2306 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2307 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2308 len = strlen (buf);
2309 while (len < 16)
2310 {
2311 print_space ();
2312 ++len;
2313 }
2314
2315 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2316 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2317 {
2318 #ifndef BFD64
2319 minfo (" ");
2320 #endif
2321 if (m->flags)
2322 {
2323 print_space ();
2324 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2325 }
2326
2327 if (m->not_flags)
2328 {
2329 minfo (" !");
2330 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2331 }
2332 }
2333
2334 print_nl ();
2335 }
2336
2337 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2338
2339 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2340 {
2341 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2342 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2343 }
2344 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2345 lang_statement_iteration++;
2346 print_statements ();
2347
2348 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2349 config.map_file);
2350 }
2351
2352 static bfd_boolean
2353 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2354 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2355 {
2356 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2357 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2358 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2359 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2360 {
2361 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2362 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2363
2364 ud = bfd_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2365 if (!ud)
2366 {
2367 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2368 bfd_set_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section, ud);
2369 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2370 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2371 }
2372 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2373 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2374
2375 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2376 def->entry = hash_entry;
2377 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2378 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2379 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2380 }
2381 return TRUE;
2382 }
2383
2384 /* Initialize an output section. */
2385
2386 static void
2387 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2388 {
2389 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2390 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2391
2392 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2393 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2394 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2395 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2396 s->name, flags);
2397 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2398 {
2399 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2400 " called %s: %E\n"),
2401 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2402 }
2403 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2404 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2405
2406 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2407 statement to avoid lookup. */
2408 bfd_set_section_userdata (s->bfd_section, s);
2409
2410 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2411 mention are initialized. */
2412 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2413 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2414
2415 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2416 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2417
2418 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2419 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2420 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2421 "section alignment");
2422 }
2423
2424 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2425 initialized. */
2426
2427 static void
2428 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2429 {
2430 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2431 {
2432 case etree_assign:
2433 case etree_provide:
2434 case etree_provided:
2435 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2436 break;
2437
2438 case etree_binary:
2439 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2440 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2441 break;
2442
2443 case etree_trinary:
2444 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2445 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2446 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2447 break;
2448
2449 case etree_assert:
2450 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2451 break;
2452
2453 case etree_unary:
2454 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2455 break;
2456
2457 case etree_name:
2458 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2459 {
2460 case ADDR:
2461 case LOADADDR:
2462 case SIZEOF:
2463 {
2464 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2465
2466 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2467 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2468 init_os (os, 0);
2469 }
2470 }
2471 break;
2472
2473 default:
2474 break;
2475 }
2476 }
2477 \f
2478 static void
2479 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2480 {
2481 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2482
2483 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2484 discard all sections. */
2485 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2486 {
2487 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2488 return;
2489 }
2490
2491 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2492 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2493 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2494 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2495 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2496
2497 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2498 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2499 }
2500 \f
2501
2502 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2503 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2504
2505 static bfd_boolean
2506 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2507 {
2508 bfd_boolean discard;
2509 flagword flags = section->flags;
2510
2511 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2512 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2513
2514 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2515 sections from within the group. */
2516 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2517 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2518 discard = TRUE;
2519
2520 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2521 information. */
2522 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2523 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2524 discard = TRUE;
2525
2526 return discard;
2527 }
2528
2529 /* The wild routines.
2530
2531 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2532 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2533 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2534
2535 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2536 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2537
2538 void
2539 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2540 asection *section,
2541 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2542 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2543 {
2544 flagword flags = section->flags;
2545
2546 bfd_boolean discard;
2547 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2548 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2549
2550 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2551 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2552
2553 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2554 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2555 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2556 discard = TRUE;
2557
2558 if (discard)
2559 {
2560 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2561 {
2562 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2563 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2564 }
2565 else if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings)
2566 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions makes "
2567 "section `%pA' from '%pB' match /DISCARD/ clause.\n"),
2568 NULL, section, section->owner);
2569
2570 return;
2571 }
2572
2573 if (sflag_info)
2574 {
2575 bfd_boolean keep;
2576
2577 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2578 if (!keep)
2579 return;
2580 }
2581
2582 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2583 {
2584 if (!link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
2585 return;
2586
2587 /* SECTION has already been handled in a special way
2588 (eg. LINK_ONCE): skip it. */
2589 if (bfd_is_abs_section (section->output_section))
2590 return;
2591
2592 /* Already assigned to the same output section, do not process
2593 it again, to avoid creating loops between duplicate sections
2594 later. */
2595 if (section->output_section == output->bfd_section)
2596 return;
2597
2598 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings && output->bfd_section)
2599 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions may "
2600 "change behaviour for section `%pA' from '%pB' (assigned to "
2601 "%pA, but additional match: %pA)\n"),
2602 NULL, section, section->owner, section->output_section,
2603 output->bfd_section);
2604
2605 /* SECTION has already been assigned to an output section, but
2606 the user allows it to be mapped to another one in case it
2607 overflows. We'll later update the actual output section in
2608 size_input_section as appropriate. */
2609 }
2610
2611 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2612 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2613 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2614 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2615 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2616 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2617 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2618
2619 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2620 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2621 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2622 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2623 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2624 {
2625 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2626 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2627 else
2628 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2629 }
2630 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2631 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2632
2633 switch (output->sectype)
2634 {
2635 case normal_section:
2636 case overlay_section:
2637 case first_overlay_section:
2638 break;
2639 case noalloc_section:
2640 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2641 break;
2642 case noload_section:
2643 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2644 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2645 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2646 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2647 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2648 section. */
2649 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2650 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2651 else
2652 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2653 break;
2654 }
2655
2656 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2657 init_os (output, flags);
2658
2659 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2660 it from the output section. */
2661 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2662
2663 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2664 {
2665 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2666 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2667
2668 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2669 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2670 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2671 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2672 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2673 {
2674 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2675 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2676 }
2677 }
2678 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2679
2680 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2681 {
2682 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2683 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2684 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2685 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2686 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2687 link_info.output_bfd,
2688 output->bfd_section,
2689 &link_info);
2690 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2691 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2692 }
2693
2694 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2695 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2696 {
2697 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2698 output->block_value = 128;
2699 }
2700
2701 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2702 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2703
2704 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2705
2706 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2707 {
2708 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2709 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2710 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2711 section->map_tail.s = s;
2712 if (s != NULL)
2713 s->map_head.s = section;
2714 else
2715 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2716 }
2717
2718 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2719 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2720 new_section->section = section;
2721 }
2722
2723 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2724 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2725 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2726 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2727
2728 static lang_statement_union_type *
2729 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2730 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2731 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2732 asection *section)
2733 {
2734 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2735
2736 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2737 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2738 return NULL;
2739
2740 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2741 {
2742 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2743
2744 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2745 continue;
2746 ls = &l->input_section;
2747
2748 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2749 name. */
2750
2751 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2752 {
2753 const char *fn, *ln;
2754 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2755 int i;
2756
2757 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2758 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2759 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2760 archive. */
2761
2762 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2763 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2764 {
2765 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2766 fa = TRUE;
2767 }
2768 else
2769 {
2770 fn = file->filename;
2771 fa = FALSE;
2772 }
2773
2774 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2775 {
2776 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2777 la = TRUE;
2778 }
2779 else
2780 {
2781 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
2782 la = FALSE;
2783 }
2784
2785 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2786 if (i > 0)
2787 continue;
2788 else if (i < 0)
2789 break;
2790
2791 if (fa || la)
2792 {
2793 if (fa)
2794 fn = file->filename;
2795 if (la)
2796 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
2797
2798 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2799 if (i > 0)
2800 continue;
2801 else if (i < 0)
2802 break;
2803 }
2804 }
2805
2806 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2807 looking at the sections for this file. */
2808
2809 if (sec != NULL
2810 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2811 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2812 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2813 break;
2814 }
2815
2816 return l;
2817 }
2818
2819 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2820 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2821
2822 static void
2823 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2824 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2825 asection *section,
2826 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2827 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2828 void *output)
2829 {
2830 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2831 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2832
2833 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2834
2835 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2836 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2837 return;
2838
2839 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2840
2841 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2842 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2843 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2844 of the current list. */
2845
2846 if (before == NULL)
2847 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2848 else
2849 {
2850 lang_statement_list_type list;
2851 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2852
2853 lang_list_init (&list);
2854 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2855
2856 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2857 be NULL. */
2858 if (list.head != NULL)
2859 {
2860 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2861
2862 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2863 *pp != before;
2864 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2865 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2866
2867 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2868 *pp = list.head;
2869 }
2870 }
2871 }
2872
2873 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2874 are readonly. */
2875
2876 static void
2877 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2878 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2879 asection *section,
2880 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2881 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2882 void *output)
2883 {
2884 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2885
2886 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2887
2888 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2889 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2890 return;
2891
2892 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2893 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2894 }
2895
2896 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2897 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2898 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2899
2900 static lang_input_statement_type *
2901 lookup_name (const char *name)
2902 {
2903 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2904
2905 for (search = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
2906 search != NULL;
2907 search = search->next_real_file)
2908 {
2909 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2910 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2911 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2912 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2913
2914 if (filename != NULL
2915 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2916 break;
2917 }
2918
2919 if (search == NULL)
2920 {
2921 /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
2922 statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
2923 We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
2924 lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
2925 lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
2926 lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
2927 lang_statement_union_type **after
2928 = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
2929 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
2930 + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
2931 lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
2932 stat_ptr->tail = after;
2933 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2934 default_target, NULL);
2935 *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
2936 if (*tail == NULL)
2937 stat_ptr->tail = tail;
2938 }
2939
2940 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2941 don't add this file. */
2942 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2943 return search;
2944
2945 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2946 return NULL;
2947
2948 return search;
2949 }
2950
2951 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2952
2953 struct excluded_lib
2954 {
2955 char *name;
2956 struct excluded_lib *next;
2957 };
2958 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2959
2960 void
2961 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2962 {
2963 const char *p = list, *end;
2964
2965 while (*p != '\0')
2966 {
2967 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2968 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2969 if (end == NULL)
2970 end = p + strlen (p);
2971 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2972 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2973 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2974 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2975 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2976 excluded_libs = entry;
2977 if (*end == '\0')
2978 break;
2979 p = end + 1;
2980 }
2981 }
2982
2983 static void
2984 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2985 {
2986 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2987
2988 while (lib)
2989 {
2990 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2991 const char *filename = lbasename (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
2992
2993 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2994 {
2995 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2996 return;
2997 }
2998
2999 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
3000 && (filename[len] == '\0'
3001 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
3002 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
3003 {
3004 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
3005 return;
3006 }
3007
3008 lib = lib->next;
3009 }
3010 }
3011
3012 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
3013
3014 bfd_boolean
3015 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
3016 lang_statement_list_type *place)
3017 {
3018 char **matching;
3019
3020 if (entry->flags.loaded)
3021 return TRUE;
3022
3023 ldfile_open_file (entry);
3024
3025 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
3026 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
3027 return TRUE;
3028
3029 if (trace_files || verbose)
3030 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
3031
3032 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
3033 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
3034 {
3035 bfd_error_type err;
3036 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
3037 extern FILE *yyin;
3038
3039 err = bfd_get_error ();
3040
3041 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
3042 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
3043 return TRUE;
3044
3045 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
3046 {
3047 char **p;
3048
3049 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
3050 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
3051 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
3052 einfo (" %s", *p);
3053 einfo ("%F\n");
3054 }
3055 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
3056 || place == NULL)
3057 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3058
3059 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
3060 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
3061
3062 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
3063 save_flags = input_flags;
3064 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
3065
3066 push_stat_ptr (place);
3067 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3068 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
3069 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
3070 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
3071 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3072 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3073
3074 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
3075 parser_input = input_script;
3076 current_input_file = entry->filename;
3077 yyparse ();
3078 current_input_file = NULL;
3079 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3080
3081 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3082 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3083 again. */
3084 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3085 input_flags = save_flags;
3086 pop_stat_ptr ();
3087 fclose (yyin);
3088 yyin = NULL;
3089 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3090
3091 return TRUE;
3092 }
3093
3094 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3095 return TRUE;
3096
3097 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3098 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3099 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3100 which is used. */
3101 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3102 {
3103 default:
3104 break;
3105
3106 case bfd_object:
3107 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3108 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3109 break;
3110
3111 case bfd_archive:
3112 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3113
3114 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
3115 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3116 {
3117 bfd *member = NULL;
3118 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3119
3120 for (;;)
3121 {
3122 bfd *subsbfd;
3123 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3124
3125 if (member == NULL)
3126 break;
3127
3128 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3129 {
3130 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3131 entry->the_bfd, member);
3132 loaded = FALSE;
3133 }
3134
3135 subsbfd = member;
3136 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3137 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3138 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3139 abort ();
3140
3141 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3142 substitute BFD for us. */
3143 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3144 {
3145 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3146 loaded = FALSE;
3147 }
3148 }
3149
3150 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3151 return loaded;
3152 }
3153 break;
3154 }
3155
3156 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3157 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3158 else
3159 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3160
3161 return entry->flags.loaded;
3162 }
3163
3164 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3165 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3166 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3167 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3168 the output section. */
3169
3170 static void
3171 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3172 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3173 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3174 {
3175 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3176
3177 if (s->handler_data[0]
3178 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3179 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3180 {
3181 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3182
3183 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3184
3185 tree = s->tree;
3186 if (tree)
3187 {
3188 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3189 s->tree = NULL;
3190 }
3191 }
3192 else
3193 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3194
3195 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3196 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3197 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3198 {
3199 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3200 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3201 default_common_section = output;
3202 break;
3203 }
3204 }
3205
3206 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3207
3208 static int
3209 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3210 {
3211 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3212
3213 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3214 }
3215
3216 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3217
3218 static void
3219 stricpy (char *dest, const char *src)
3220 {
3221 char c;
3222
3223 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3224 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3225
3226 *dest = 0;
3227 }
3228
3229 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3230 from haystack. */
3231
3232 static void
3233 strcut (char *haystack, const char *needle)
3234 {
3235 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3236
3237 if (haystack)
3238 {
3239 char *src;
3240
3241 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3242 *haystack++ = *src++;
3243
3244 *haystack = 0;
3245 }
3246 }
3247
3248 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3249 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3250
3251 static int
3252 name_compare (const char *first, const char *second)
3253 {
3254 char *copy1;
3255 char *copy2;
3256 int result;
3257
3258 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3259 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3260
3261 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3262 stricpy (copy1, first);
3263 stricpy (copy2, second);
3264
3265 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3266 strcut (copy1, "big");
3267 strcut (copy1, "little");
3268 strcut (copy2, "big");
3269 strcut (copy2, "little");
3270
3271 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3272 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3273 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3274 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3275 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3276 {
3277 result *= 10;
3278 break;
3279 }
3280
3281 free (copy1);
3282 free (copy2);
3283
3284 return result;
3285 }
3286
3287 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3288 static const bfd_target *winner;
3289
3290 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3291 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3292 match to the original output target. */
3293
3294 static int
3295 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3296 {
3297 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3298
3299 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3300 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3301 return 0;
3302
3303 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3304 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3305 return 0;
3306
3307 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3308 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3309 return 0;
3310
3311 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3312 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3313 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3314 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3315 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3316 return 0;
3317
3318 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3319 if (winner == NULL)
3320 {
3321 winner = target;
3322 return 0;
3323 }
3324
3325 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3326 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3327 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3328 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3329 winner = target;
3330
3331 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3332 return 0;
3333 }
3334
3335 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3336
3337 static const char *
3338 get_first_input_target (void)
3339 {
3340 const char *target = NULL;
3341
3342 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3343 {
3344 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3345 && s->flags.real)
3346 {
3347 ldfile_open_file (s);
3348
3349 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3350 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3351 {
3352 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3353
3354 if (target != NULL)
3355 break;
3356 }
3357 }
3358 }
3359
3360 return target;
3361 }
3362
3363 const char *
3364 lang_get_output_target (void)
3365 {
3366 const char *target;
3367
3368 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3369 if (output_target != NULL)
3370 return output_target;
3371
3372 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3373 the default? */
3374 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3375 return current_target;
3376
3377 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3378 target = get_first_input_target ();
3379 if (target != NULL)
3380 return target;
3381
3382 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3383 return default_target;
3384 }
3385
3386 /* Open the output file. */
3387
3388 static void
3389 open_output (const char *name)
3390 {
3391 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3392
3393 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3394 line? */
3395 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3396 {
3397 /* Get the chosen target. */
3398 const bfd_target *target
3399 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3400
3401 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3402 if (target != NULL)
3403 {
3404 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3405
3406 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3407 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3408 else
3409 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3410
3411 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3412 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3413 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3414 this. */
3415 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3416 {
3417 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3418 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3419 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3420 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3421 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3422 else
3423 {
3424 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3425 the default target, but which has the desired
3426 endian characteristic. */
3427 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3428 (void *) target);
3429
3430 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3431 satisfy our requirements. */
3432 if (winner == NULL)
3433 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3434 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3435 else
3436 output_target = winner->name;
3437 }
3438 }
3439 }
3440 }
3441
3442 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3443
3444 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3445 {
3446 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3447 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3448
3449 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3450 }
3451
3452 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3453
3454 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3455 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3456 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3457 ldfile_output_architecture,
3458 ldfile_output_machine))
3459 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3460
3461 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3462 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3463 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3464
3465 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3466 }
3467
3468 static void
3469 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3470 {
3471 switch (statement->header.type)
3472 {
3473 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3474 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3475 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3476 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3477 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3478 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3479 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3480 else
3481 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3482 if (config.text_read_only)
3483 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3484 else
3485 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3486 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3487 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3488 else
3489 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3490 break;
3491
3492 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3493 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3494 break;
3495 default:
3496 break;
3497 }
3498 }
3499
3500 static void
3501 init_opb (asection *s)
3502 {
3503 unsigned int x;
3504
3505 opb_shift = 0;
3506 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3507 && s != NULL
3508 && (s->flags & SEC_ELF_OCTETS) != 0)
3509 return;
3510
3511 x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3512 ldfile_output_machine);
3513 if (x > 1)
3514 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3515 {
3516 x >>= 1;
3517 ++opb_shift;
3518 }
3519 ASSERT (x == 1);
3520 }
3521
3522 /* Open all the input files. */
3523
3524 enum open_bfd_mode
3525 {
3526 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3527 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3528 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3529 };
3530 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3531 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3532 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3533 #endif
3534
3535 static void
3536 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3537 {
3538 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3539 {
3540 switch (s->header.type)
3541 {
3542 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3543 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3544 break;
3545 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3546 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3547 break;
3548 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3549 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3550 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3551 && s->wild_statement.filename
3552 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3553 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3554 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3555 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3556 break;
3557 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3558 {
3559 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3560 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3561 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3562 #endif
3563
3564 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3565 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3566 symbols. */
3567
3568 do
3569 {
3570 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3571 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3572 #endif
3573 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3574 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3575 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3576 }
3577 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3578 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3579 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3580 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3581 undefs. */
3582 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3583 #endif
3584 );
3585 }
3586 break;
3587 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3588 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3589 break;
3590 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3591 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3592 {
3593 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3594 lang_statement_list_type add;
3595 bfd *abfd;
3596
3597 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3598
3599 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3600 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3601 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3602 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3603 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3604 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3605 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3606 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3607 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3608 #endif
3609 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3610 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3611 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3612 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3613 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3614 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3615 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3616 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3617 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3618 {
3619 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3620 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3621 }
3622
3623 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3624 lang_list_init (&add);
3625
3626 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3627 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3628
3629 if (add.head != NULL)
3630 {
3631 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3632 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3633 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3634 section statement list. Very likely the user
3635 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3636 naive user expectations. */
3637 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3638 {
3639 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3640 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3641 s->input_statement.filename);
3642 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3643 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3644 }
3645 else
3646 {
3647 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3648 s->header.next = add.head;
3649 }
3650 }
3651 }
3652 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3653 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3654 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3655 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3656 plugin_insert = NULL;
3657 #endif
3658 break;
3659 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3660 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3661 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3662 break;
3663 default:
3664 break;
3665 }
3666 }
3667
3668 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3669 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3670 einfo ("%F");
3671 }
3672
3673 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
3674 /* Open the CTF sections in the input files with libctf: if any were opened,
3675 create a fake input file that we'll write the merged CTF data to later
3676 on. */
3677
3678 static void
3679 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3680 {
3681 int any_ctf = 0;
3682 int err;
3683
3684 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3685 {
3686 asection *sect;
3687
3688 /* Incoming files from the compiler have a single ctf_file_t in them
3689 (which is presented to us by the libctf API in a ctf_archive_t
3690 wrapper): files derived from a previous relocatable link have a CTF
3691 archive containing possibly many CTF files. */
3692
3693 if ((file->the_ctf = ctf_bfdopen (file->the_bfd, &err)) == NULL)
3694 {
3695 if (err != ECTF_NOCTFDATA)
3696 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in `%pI' not loaded: "
3697 "its types will be discarded: `%s'\n"), file,
3698 ctf_errmsg (err));
3699 continue;
3700 }
3701
3702 /* Prevent the contents of this section from being written, while
3703 requiring the section itself to be duplicated in the output. */
3704 /* This section must exist if ctf_bfdopen() succeeded. */
3705 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf");
3706 sect->size = 0;
3707 sect->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3708
3709 any_ctf = 1;
3710 }
3711
3712 if (!any_ctf)
3713 {
3714 ctf_output = NULL;
3715 return;
3716 }
3717
3718 if ((ctf_output = ctf_create (&err)) != NULL)
3719 return;
3720
3721 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF output not created: `%s'\n"),
3722 ctf_errmsg (err));
3723
3724 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (errfile)
3725 ctf_close (errfile->the_ctf);
3726 }
3727
3728 /* Emit CTF errors and warnings. */
3729 static void
3730 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_file_t *fp)
3731 {
3732 ctf_next_t *i = NULL;
3733 char *text;
3734 int is_warning;
3735
3736 while ((text = ctf_errwarning_next (fp, &i, &is_warning)) != NULL)
3737 {
3738 einfo (_("%s: `%s'\n"), is_warning ? _("CTF warning"): _("CTF error"),
3739 text);
3740 free (text);
3741 }
3742 if (ctf_errno (fp) != ECTF_NEXT_END)
3743 {
3744 einfo (_("CTF error: cannot get CTF errors: `%s'\n"),
3745 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (fp)));
3746 }
3747
3748 ASSERT (ctf_errno (fp) != ECTF_INTERNAL);
3749 }
3750
3751 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
3752 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
3753
3754 static void
3755 lang_merge_ctf (void)
3756 {
3757 asection *output_sect;
3758
3759 if (!ctf_output)
3760 return;
3761
3762 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3763
3764 /* If the section was discarded, don't waste time merging. */
3765 if (output_sect == NULL)
3766 {
3767 ctf_file_close (ctf_output);
3768 ctf_output = NULL;
3769
3770 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3771 {
3772 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3773 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3774 }
3775 return;
3776 }
3777
3778 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3779 {
3780 if (!file->the_ctf)
3781 continue;
3782
3783 /* Takes ownership of file->u.the_ctfa. */
3784 if (ctf_link_add_ctf (ctf_output, file->the_ctf, file->filename) < 0)
3785 {
3786 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot link with CTF in %pB: %s\n"), file->the_bfd,
3787 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3788 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3789 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3790 continue;
3791 }
3792 }
3793
3794 if (ctf_link (ctf_output, CTF_LINK_SHARE_UNCONFLICTED) < 0)
3795 {
3796 einfo (_("%F%P: CTF linking failed; output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3797 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3798 if (output_sect)
3799 {
3800 output_sect->size = 0;
3801 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3802 }
3803 }
3804 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3805 }
3806
3807 /* Let the emulation examine the symbol table and strtab to help it optimize the
3808 CTF, if supported. */
3809
3810 void
3811 ldlang_ctf_apply_strsym (struct elf_sym_strtab *syms, bfd_size_type symcount,
3812 struct elf_strtab_hash *symstrtab)
3813 {
3814 ldemul_examine_strtab_for_ctf (ctf_output, syms, symcount, symstrtab);
3815 }
3816
3817 /* Write out the CTF section. Called early, if the emulation isn't going to
3818 need to dedup against the strtab and symtab, then possibly called from the
3819 target linker code if the dedup has happened. */
3820 static void
3821 lang_write_ctf (int late)
3822 {
3823 size_t output_size;
3824 asection *output_sect;
3825
3826 if (!ctf_output)
3827 return;
3828
3829 if (late)
3830 {
3831 /* Emit CTF late if this emulation says it can do so. */
3832 if (ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3833 return;
3834 }
3835 else
3836 {
3837 if (!ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3838 return;
3839 }
3840
3841 /* Emit CTF. */
3842
3843 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3844 if (output_sect)
3845 {
3846 output_sect->contents = ctf_link_write (ctf_output, &output_size,
3847 CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD);
3848 output_sect->size = output_size;
3849 output_sect->flags |= SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_KEEP;
3850
3851 if (!output_sect->contents)
3852 {
3853 einfo (_("%F%P: CTF section emission failed; output will have no "
3854 "CTF section: %s\n"), ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3855 output_sect->size = 0;
3856 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3857 }
3858
3859 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3860 }
3861
3862 /* This also closes every CTF input file used in the link. */
3863 ctf_file_close (ctf_output);
3864 ctf_output = NULL;
3865
3866 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3867 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3868 }
3869
3870 /* Write out the CTF section late, if the emulation needs that. */
3871
3872 void
3873 ldlang_write_ctf_late (void)
3874 {
3875 /* Trigger a "late call", if the emulation needs one. */
3876
3877 lang_write_ctf (1);
3878 }
3879 #else
3880 static void
3881 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3882 {
3883 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3884 {
3885 asection *sect;
3886
3887 /* If built without CTF, warn and delete all CTF sections from the output.
3888 (The alternative would be to simply concatenate them, which does not
3889 yield a valid CTF section.) */
3890
3891 if ((sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf")) != NULL)
3892 {
3893 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in `%pI' not linkable: "
3894 "%P was built without support for CTF\n"), file);
3895 sect->size = 0;
3896 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3897 }
3898 }
3899 }
3900
3901 static void lang_merge_ctf (void) {}
3902 void
3903 ldlang_ctf_apply_strsym (struct elf_sym_strtab *syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3904 bfd_size_type symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3905 struct elf_strtab_hash *symstrtab ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3906 {
3907 }
3908 static void lang_write_ctf (int late ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3909 void ldlang_write_ctf_late (void) {}
3910 #endif
3911
3912 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3913 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3914 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3915 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3916 name to the symbol table. */
3917
3918 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3919
3920 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3921
3922 void
3923 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3924 {
3925 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3926
3927 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3928 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3929 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3930
3931 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3932
3933 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3934 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3935 }
3936
3937 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3938
3939 static void
3940 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3941 {
3942 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3943
3944 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3945 if (h == NULL)
3946 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3947 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3948 {
3949 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3950 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3951 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3952 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3953 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3954 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3955 }
3956 }
3957
3958 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3959 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3960 script file. */
3961
3962 static void
3963 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3964 {
3965 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3966
3967 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3968 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3969 }
3970
3971 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3972 be defined. */
3973
3974 struct require_defined_symbol
3975 {
3976 const char *name;
3977 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3978 };
3979
3980 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3981
3982 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3983
3984 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3985 defined. */
3986
3987 void
3988 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3989 {
3990 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3991
3992 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3993 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3994 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3995 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3996 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3997 }
3998
3999 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
4000 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
4001
4002 static void
4003 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
4004 {
4005 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4006
4007 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4008 {
4009 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4010
4011 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
4012 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4013 if (h == NULL
4014 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
4015 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4016 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
4017 }
4018 }
4019
4020 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
4021
4022 static void
4023 check_input_sections
4024 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4025 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4026 {
4027 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4028 {
4029 switch (s->header.type)
4030 {
4031 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4032 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
4033 output_section_statement);
4034 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4035 return;
4036 break;
4037 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4038 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
4039 output_section_statement);
4040 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4041 return;
4042 break;
4043 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4044 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4045 output_section_statement);
4046 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4047 return;
4048 break;
4049 default:
4050 break;
4051 }
4052 }
4053 }
4054
4055 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
4056
4057 static void
4058 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
4059 {
4060 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4061
4062 switch (sort_section)
4063 {
4064 default:
4065 FAIL ();
4066
4067 case none:
4068 break;
4069
4070 case by_name:
4071 case by_alignment:
4072 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4073 {
4074 switch (s->header.type)
4075 {
4076 default:
4077 break;
4078
4079 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4080 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
4081 sec = sec->next)
4082 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
4083 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
4084 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
4085 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4086 {
4087 case none:
4088 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
4089 break;
4090 case by_name:
4091 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
4092 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
4093 break;
4094 case by_alignment:
4095 if (sort_section == by_name)
4096 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
4097 break;
4098 default:
4099 break;
4100 }
4101 break;
4102
4103 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4104 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
4105 break;
4106
4107 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4108 update_wild_statements
4109 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
4110 break;
4111
4112 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4113 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
4114 break;
4115 }
4116 }
4117 break;
4118 }
4119 }
4120
4121 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
4122
4123 static void
4124 map_input_to_output_sections
4125 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
4126 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4127 {
4128 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4129 {
4130 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
4131 flagword flags;
4132
4133 switch (s->header.type)
4134 {
4135 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4136 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
4137 break;
4138 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4139 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
4140 target,
4141 os);
4142 break;
4143 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4144 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
4145 if (tos->constraint != 0)
4146 {
4147 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
4148 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
4149 break;
4150 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
4151 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
4152 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
4153 {
4154 tos->constraint = -1;
4155 break;
4156 }
4157 }
4158 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
4159 target,
4160 tos);
4161 break;
4162 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4163 break;
4164 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4165 target = s->target_statement.target;
4166 break;
4167 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4168 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4169 target,
4170 os);
4171 break;
4172 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4173 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
4174 are initialized. */
4175 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
4176 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
4177 these may be overridden by the script. */
4178 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
4179 switch (os->sectype)
4180 {
4181 case normal_section:
4182 case overlay_section:
4183 case first_overlay_section:
4184 break;
4185 case noalloc_section:
4186 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4187 break;
4188 case noload_section:
4189 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4190 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
4191 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
4192 else
4193 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4194 break;
4195 }
4196 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4197 init_os (os, flags);
4198 else
4199 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
4200 break;
4201 case lang_input_section_enum:
4202 break;
4203 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4204 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4205 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4206 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4207 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4208 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4209 init_os (os, 0);
4210 break;
4211 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4212 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4213 init_os (os, 0);
4214
4215 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
4216 are initialized. */
4217 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
4218 break;
4219 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4220 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
4221 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
4222 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
4223 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
4224 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
4225 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
4226 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
4227 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
4228 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
4229 if (!s->address_statement.segment
4230 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
4231 {
4232 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
4233
4234 /* Create the output section statement here so that
4235 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
4236 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
4237 place them in amongst other sections then the address
4238 will affect following script sections, which is
4239 likely to surprise naive users. */
4240 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
4241 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
4242 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
4243 init_os (tos, 0);
4244 }
4245 break;
4246 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4247 break;
4248 }
4249 }
4250 }
4251
4252 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
4253 start of the list and places them after the output section
4254 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
4255 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
4256 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
4257 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
4258 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
4259 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
4260 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
4261 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
4262 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
4263 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
4264 can end up looking odd. */
4265
4266 static void
4267 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
4268 {
4269 lang_statement_union_type **s;
4270 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
4271 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
4272 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4273
4274 s = start;
4275 while (*s != NULL)
4276 {
4277 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
4278 {
4279 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
4280 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
4281 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
4282
4283 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
4284 last_os = os;
4285
4286 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
4287 won't match this output section statement. At this
4288 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
4289 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
4290 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
4291 if (first_os == NULL)
4292 first_os = last_os;
4293 }
4294 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
4295 {
4296 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
4297 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
4298 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
4299 behaviour. For example:
4300 #! /bin/sh
4301 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
4302 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
4303 group statement for insert statements. */
4304 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
4305 }
4306 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
4307 {
4308 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
4309 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
4310 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
4311 lang_statement_union_type *first;
4312
4313 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
4314 {
4315 einfo (_("warning: INSERT statement in linker script is "
4316 "incompatible with --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"));
4317 }
4318
4319 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
4320 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
4321 {
4322 do
4323 where = where->prev;
4324 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
4325 }
4326 if (where == NULL)
4327 {
4328 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4329 return;
4330 }
4331
4332 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4333 if (last_os != NULL)
4334 {
4335 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4336 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4337
4338 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4339 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4340 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4341 {
4342 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4343 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4344 }
4345 else
4346 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4347 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4348 last_os->next = where->next;
4349 if (where->next == NULL)
4350 {
4351 next = &last_os->next;
4352 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4353 }
4354 else
4355 where->next->prev = last_os;
4356 first_os->prev = where;
4357 where->next = first_os;
4358
4359 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4360 first_sec = NULL;
4361 last_sec = NULL;
4362 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4363 {
4364 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4365 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4366 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4367 {
4368 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4369 if (first_sec == NULL)
4370 first_sec = last_sec;
4371 }
4372 if (os == last_os)
4373 break;
4374 }
4375 if (last_sec != NULL)
4376 {
4377 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4378 if (sec == NULL)
4379 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4380
4381 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4382 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4383 section or if the section is the same as our
4384 last section, then no move is needed. */
4385 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4386 {
4387 /* Trim them off. */
4388 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4389 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4390 else
4391 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4392 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4393 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4394 else
4395 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4396 /* Add back. */
4397 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4398 if (sec->next != NULL)
4399 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4400 else
4401 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4402 first_sec->prev = sec;
4403 sec->next = first_sec;
4404 }
4405 }
4406
4407 first_os = NULL;
4408 last_os = NULL;
4409 }
4410
4411 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4412 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4413 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4414 first = *start;
4415 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4416 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4417 *s = *ptr;
4418 if (*s == NULL)
4419 statement_list.tail = s;
4420 *ptr = first;
4421 s = start;
4422 continue;
4423 }
4424 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4425 }
4426
4427 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4428 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4429 {
4430 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4431 if (os == last_os)
4432 break;
4433 }
4434 }
4435
4436 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4437 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4438 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4439
4440 void
4441 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4442 {
4443 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4444
4445 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4446 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4447 {
4448 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4449 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4450 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4451 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4452 }
4453
4454 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4455 os != NULL;
4456 os = os->next)
4457 {
4458 asection *output_section;
4459 bfd_boolean exclude;
4460
4461 if (os->constraint < 0)
4462 continue;
4463
4464 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4465 if (output_section == NULL)
4466 continue;
4467
4468 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4469 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4470 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4471 output_section));
4472
4473 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4474 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4475 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4476 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4477 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4478 {
4479 asection *s;
4480
4481 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4482 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4483 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4484 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4485 {
4486 exclude = FALSE;
4487 break;
4488 }
4489 }
4490
4491 if (exclude)
4492 {
4493 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4494 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4495 if (!os->update_dot)
4496 os->ignored = TRUE;
4497 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4498 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4499 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4500 }
4501 }
4502 }
4503
4504 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4505 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4506
4507 void
4508 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4509 {
4510 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4511
4512 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4513 return;
4514
4515 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4516 os != NULL;
4517 os = os->next)
4518 {
4519 asection *output_section;
4520
4521 if (os->constraint < 0)
4522 continue;
4523
4524 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4525 if (output_section == NULL)
4526 continue;
4527
4528 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4529 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4530 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4531 }
4532
4533 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4534 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4535 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4536 }
4537
4538 static void
4539 print_output_section_statement
4540 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4541 {
4542 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4543 int len;
4544
4545 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4546 {
4547 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4548
4549 if (section != NULL)
4550 {
4551 print_dot = section->vma;
4552
4553 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4554 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4555 {
4556 print_nl ();
4557 len = 0;
4558 }
4559 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4560 {
4561 print_space ();
4562 ++len;
4563 }
4564
4565 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4566
4567 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4568 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4569
4570 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4571 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4572 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4573 }
4574
4575 print_nl ();
4576 }
4577
4578 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4579 output_section_statement);
4580 }
4581
4582 static void
4583 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4584 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4585 {
4586 unsigned int i;
4587 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4588 etree_type *tree;
4589 asection *osec;
4590
4591 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4592 print_space ();
4593
4594 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4595 {
4596 is_dot = FALSE;
4597 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4598 }
4599 else
4600 {
4601 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4602
4603 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4604 tree = assignment->exp;
4605 }
4606
4607 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4608 if (osec == NULL)
4609 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4610
4611 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4612 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4613 else
4614 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4615
4616 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4617 {
4618 bfd_vma value;
4619
4620 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4621 || is_dot
4622 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4623 {
4624 value = expld.result.value;
4625
4626 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4627 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4628
4629 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4630 if (is_dot)
4631 print_dot = value;
4632 }
4633 else
4634 {
4635 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4636
4637 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4638 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4639 if (h != NULL
4640 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4641 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4642 {
4643 value = h->u.def.value;
4644 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4645 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4646
4647 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4648 }
4649 else
4650 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4651 }
4652 }
4653 else
4654 {
4655 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4656 minfo ("[!provide]");
4657 else
4658 minfo ("*undef* ");
4659 #ifdef BFD64
4660 minfo (" ");
4661 #endif
4662 }
4663 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4664
4665 minfo (" ");
4666 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4667 print_nl ();
4668 }
4669
4670 static void
4671 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4672 {
4673 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4674 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4675 }
4676
4677 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4678 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4679
4680 bfd_boolean
4681 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4682 {
4683 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4684
4685 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4686 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4687 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4688 {
4689 int i;
4690
4691 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4692 print_space ();
4693 minfo ("0x%V ",
4694 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4695 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4696 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4697
4698 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4699 }
4700
4701 return TRUE;
4702 }
4703
4704 static int
4705 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4706 {
4707 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4708 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4709
4710 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4711 return -1;
4712 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4713 return 1;
4714 else
4715 return 0;
4716 }
4717
4718 static void
4719 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4720 {
4721 input_section_userdata_type *ud = bfd_section_userdata (sec);
4722 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4723 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4724 unsigned int i;
4725
4726 if (!ud)
4727 return;
4728
4729 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4730
4731 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4732 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4733 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4734 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4735
4736 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4737 entries[i] = def->entry;
4738
4739 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4740 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4741
4742 /* Print the symbols. */
4743 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4744 ldemul_print_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4745
4746 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4747 }
4748
4749 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4750
4751 static void
4752 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4753 {
4754 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4755 int len;
4756 bfd_vma addr;
4757
4758 init_opb (i);
4759
4760 print_space ();
4761 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4762
4763 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4764 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4765 {
4766 print_nl ();
4767 len = 0;
4768 }
4769 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4770 {
4771 print_space ();
4772 ++len;
4773 }
4774
4775 if (i->output_section != NULL
4776 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4777 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4778 else
4779 {
4780 addr = print_dot;
4781 if (!is_discarded)
4782 size = 0;
4783 }
4784
4785 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4786
4787 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4788 {
4789 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4790 #ifdef BFD64
4791 len += 16;
4792 #else
4793 len += 8;
4794 #endif
4795 while (len > 0)
4796 {
4797 print_space ();
4798 --len;
4799 }
4800
4801 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), TO_ADDR (i->rawsize));
4802 }
4803
4804 if (i->output_section != NULL
4805 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4806 {
4807 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4808 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, ldemul_print_symbol, i);
4809 else
4810 print_all_symbols (i);
4811
4812 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4813 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4814 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4815 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4816 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4817 }
4818 }
4819
4820 static void
4821 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4822 {
4823 size_t size;
4824 unsigned char *p;
4825 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4826 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4827 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4828 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4829 }
4830
4831 static void
4832 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4833 {
4834 int i;
4835 bfd_vma addr;
4836 bfd_size_type size;
4837 const char *name;
4838
4839 init_opb (data->output_section);
4840 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4841 print_space ();
4842
4843 addr = data->output_offset;
4844 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4845 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4846
4847 switch (data->type)
4848 {
4849 default:
4850 abort ();
4851 case BYTE:
4852 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4853 name = "BYTE";
4854 break;
4855 case SHORT:
4856 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4857 name = "SHORT";
4858 break;
4859 case LONG:
4860 size = LONG_SIZE;
4861 name = "LONG";
4862 break;
4863 case QUAD:
4864 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4865 name = "QUAD";
4866 break;
4867 case SQUAD:
4868 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4869 name = "SQUAD";
4870 break;
4871 }
4872
4873 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4874 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4875 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4876
4877 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4878 {
4879 print_space ();
4880 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4881 }
4882
4883 print_nl ();
4884
4885 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4886 }
4887
4888 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4889 -Ttext. */
4890
4891 static void
4892 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4893 {
4894 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4895 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4896 print_nl ();
4897 }
4898
4899 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4900
4901 static void
4902 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4903 {
4904 int i;
4905 bfd_vma addr;
4906 bfd_size_type size;
4907
4908 init_opb (reloc->output_section);
4909 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4910 print_space ();
4911
4912 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4913 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4914 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4915
4916 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4917
4918 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4919
4920 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4921 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4922 else
4923 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4924
4925 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4926
4927 print_nl ();
4928
4929 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4930 }
4931
4932 static void
4933 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4934 {
4935 int len;
4936 bfd_vma addr;
4937
4938 init_opb (s->output_section);
4939 minfo (" *fill*");
4940
4941 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4942 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4943 {
4944 print_space ();
4945 ++len;
4946 }
4947
4948 addr = s->output_offset;
4949 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4950 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4951 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4952
4953 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4954 {
4955 size_t size;
4956 unsigned char *p;
4957 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4958 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4959 }
4960
4961 print_nl ();
4962
4963 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4964 }
4965
4966 static void
4967 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4968 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4969 {
4970 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4971
4972 print_space ();
4973
4974 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4975 {
4976 name_list *tmp;
4977 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4978 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4979 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4980 minfo (") ");
4981 }
4982
4983 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4984 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4985 if (w->filename != NULL)
4986 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4987 else
4988 minfo ("*");
4989 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4990 minfo (")");
4991
4992 minfo ("(");
4993 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4994 {
4995 int closing_paren = 0;
4996
4997 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4998 {
4999 case none:
5000 break;
5001
5002 case by_name:
5003 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5004 closing_paren = 1;
5005 break;
5006
5007 case by_alignment:
5008 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5009 closing_paren = 1;
5010 break;
5011
5012 case by_name_alignment:
5013 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5014 closing_paren = 2;
5015 break;
5016
5017 case by_alignment_name:
5018 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
5019 closing_paren = 2;
5020 break;
5021
5022 case by_none:
5023 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
5024 closing_paren = 1;
5025 break;
5026
5027 case by_init_priority:
5028 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
5029 closing_paren = 1;
5030 break;
5031 }
5032
5033 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
5034 {
5035 name_list *tmp;
5036 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
5037 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5038 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5039 minfo (") ");
5040 }
5041 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
5042 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
5043 else
5044 minfo ("*");
5045 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
5046 minfo (")");
5047 if (sec->next)
5048 minfo (" ");
5049 }
5050 minfo (")");
5051
5052 print_nl ();
5053
5054 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
5055 }
5056
5057 /* Print a group statement. */
5058
5059 static void
5060 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
5061 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5062 {
5063 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
5064 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
5065 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
5066 }
5067
5068 /* Print the list of statements in S.
5069 This can be called for any statement type. */
5070
5071 static void
5072 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5073 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5074 {
5075 while (s != NULL)
5076 {
5077 print_statement (s, os);
5078 s = s->header.next;
5079 }
5080 }
5081
5082 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
5083 This can be called for any statement type. */
5084
5085 static void
5086 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5087 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5088 {
5089 switch (s->header.type)
5090 {
5091 default:
5092 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
5093 FAIL ();
5094 break;
5095 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5096 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
5097 {
5098 if (constructors_sorted)
5099 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
5100 else
5101 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
5102 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
5103 }
5104 break;
5105 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5106 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
5107 break;
5108 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5109 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
5110 break;
5111 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5112 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
5113 break;
5114 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5115 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
5116 break;
5117 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5118 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
5119 break;
5120 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5121 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
5122 break;
5123 case lang_input_section_enum:
5124 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
5125 break;
5126 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5127 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
5128 break;
5129 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5130 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
5131 break;
5132 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5133 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
5134 break;
5135 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5136 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
5137 break;
5138 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5139 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
5140 if (output_target != NULL)
5141 minfo (" %s", output_target);
5142 minfo (")\n");
5143 break;
5144 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5145 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
5146 break;
5147 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5148 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
5149 break;
5150 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5151 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
5152 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
5153 s->insert_statement.where);
5154 break;
5155 }
5156 }
5157
5158 static void
5159 print_statements (void)
5160 {
5161 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
5162 }
5163
5164 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
5165 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
5166 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
5167 Intended to be called from GDB. */
5168
5169 void
5170 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
5171 {
5172 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
5173
5174 config.map_file = stderr;
5175
5176 if (n < 0)
5177 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
5178 else
5179 {
5180 while (s && --n >= 0)
5181 {
5182 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
5183 s = s->header.next;
5184 }
5185 }
5186
5187 config.map_file = map_save;
5188 }
5189
5190 static void
5191 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
5192 fill_type *fill,
5193 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
5194 asection *output_section,
5195 bfd_vma dot)
5196 {
5197 static fill_type zero_fill;
5198 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
5199
5200 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
5201 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
5202 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
5203 if (pad != NULL
5204 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5205 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5206 {
5207 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5208 }
5209 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
5210 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5211 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5212 {
5213 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5214 }
5215 else
5216 {
5217 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
5218 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
5219 pad->header.next = *ptr;
5220 *ptr = pad;
5221 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
5222 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
5223 if (fill == NULL)
5224 fill = &zero_fill;
5225 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
5226 }
5227 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
5228 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
5229 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5230 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
5231 - output_section->vma);
5232 }
5233
5234 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
5235
5236 static bfd_vma
5237 size_input_section
5238 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
5239 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5240 fill_type *fill,
5241 bfd_boolean *removed,
5242 bfd_vma dot)
5243 {
5244 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
5245 asection *i = is->section;
5246 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5247 *removed = 0;
5248
5249 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5250 {
5251 /* If the input section I has already been successfully assigned
5252 to an output section other than O, don't bother with it and
5253 let the caller remove it from the list. Keep processing in
5254 case we have already handled O, because the repeated passes
5255 have reinitialized its size. */
5256 if (i->already_assigned && i->already_assigned != o)
5257 {
5258 *removed = 1;
5259 return dot;
5260 }
5261 }
5262
5263 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
5264 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
5265 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
5266 || output_section_statement->ignored)
5267 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5268 else
5269 {
5270 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
5271
5272 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
5273 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
5274 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
5275 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
5276
5277 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
5278 i->alignment_power
5279 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
5280 "subsection alignment");
5281
5282 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
5283 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
5284
5285 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
5286
5287 if (alignment_needed != 0)
5288 {
5289 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
5290 dot += alignment_needed;
5291 }
5292
5293 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5294 {
5295 /* If I would overflow O, let the caller remove I from the
5296 list. */
5297 if (output_section_statement->region)
5298 {
5299 bfd_vma end = output_section_statement->region->origin
5300 + output_section_statement->region->length;
5301
5302 if (dot + TO_ADDR (i->size) > end)
5303 {
5304 if (i->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
5305 einfo (_("%F%P: Output section '%s' not large enough for the "
5306 "linker-created stubs section '%s'.\n"),
5307 i->output_section->name, i->name);
5308
5309 if (i->rawsize && i->rawsize != i->size)
5310 einfo (_("%F%P: Relaxation not supported with "
5311 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions (section '%s' "
5312 "would overflow '%s' after it changed size).\n"),
5313 i->name, i->output_section->name);
5314
5315 *removed = 1;
5316 dot = end;
5317 i->output_section = NULL;
5318 return dot;
5319 }
5320 }
5321 }
5322
5323 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
5324 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5325
5326 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
5327 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
5328 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5329 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
5330
5331 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5332 {
5333 /* Record that I was successfully assigned to O, and update
5334 its actual output section too. */
5335 i->already_assigned = o;
5336 i->output_section = o;
5337 }
5338 }
5339
5340 return dot;
5341 }
5342
5343 struct check_sec
5344 {
5345 asection *sec;
5346 bfd_boolean warned;
5347 };
5348
5349 static int
5350 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5351 {
5352 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5353 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5354
5355 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5356 return -1;
5357 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5358 return 1;
5359 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5360 return -1;
5361 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5362 return 1;
5363
5364 return 0;
5365 }
5366
5367 static int
5368 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5369 {
5370 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5371 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5372
5373 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5374 return -1;
5375 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5376 return 1;
5377 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5378 return -1;
5379 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5380 return 1;
5381
5382 return 0;
5383 }
5384
5385 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5386 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5387
5388 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5389 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5390
5391 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5392 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5393 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5394 region has overflowed. */
5395
5396 static void
5397 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5398 {
5399 asection *s, *p;
5400 struct check_sec *sections;
5401 size_t i, count;
5402 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5403 bfd_vma s_start;
5404 bfd_vma s_end;
5405 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5406 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5407 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5408 bfd_boolean overlays;
5409
5410 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5411 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5412 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5413 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5414 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5415 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5416 {
5417 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5418 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5419 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5420 s->name);
5421 else
5422 {
5423 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5424 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5425 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5426 s->name);
5427 }
5428 }
5429
5430 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5431 return;
5432
5433 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5434 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5435
5436 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5437 count = 0;
5438 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5439 {
5440 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5441 || s->size == 0)
5442 continue;
5443
5444 sections[count].sec = s;
5445 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5446 count++;
5447 }
5448
5449 if (count <= 1)
5450 {
5451 free (sections);
5452 return;
5453 }
5454
5455 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5456
5457 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5458 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5459 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5460 {
5461 s = sections[i].sec;
5462 init_opb (s);
5463 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5464 {
5465 s_start = s->lma;
5466 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5467
5468 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5469 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5470 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5471 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5472 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5473 if (p != NULL
5474 && (s_start <= p_end
5475 || p_end < p_start))
5476 {
5477 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5478 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5479 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5480 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5481 }
5482 p = s;
5483 p_start = s_start;
5484 p_end = s_end;
5485 }
5486 }
5487
5488 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5489 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5490 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5491 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5492 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5493 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5494 overlays = FALSE;
5495 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5496 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5497 {
5498 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5499 if (p_start == s_start)
5500 {
5501 overlays = TRUE;
5502 break;
5503 }
5504 p_start = s_start;
5505 }
5506
5507 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5508 if (!overlays)
5509 {
5510 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5511 {
5512 s = sections[i].sec;
5513 init_opb (s);
5514 s_start = s->vma;
5515 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5516
5517 if (p != NULL
5518 && !sections[i].warned
5519 && (s_start <= p_end
5520 || p_end < p_start))
5521 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5522 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5523 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5524 p = s;
5525 p_start = s_start;
5526 p_end = s_end;
5527 }
5528 }
5529
5530 free (sections);
5531
5532 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5533 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5534 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5535 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5536
5537 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5538 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5539 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5540 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5541 if (m->had_full_message)
5542 {
5543 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5544 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5545 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5546 over),
5547 m->name_list.name, over);
5548 }
5549 }
5550
5551 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5552 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5553 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5554 calculation wraps around. */
5555
5556 static void
5557 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5558 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5559 etree_type *tree,
5560 bfd_vma rbase)
5561 {
5562 if ((region->current < region->origin
5563 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5564 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5565 || rbase == 0))
5566 {
5567 if (tree != NULL)
5568 {
5569 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5570 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5571 region->current,
5572 os->bfd_section->owner,
5573 os->bfd_section->name,
5574 region->name_list.name);
5575 }
5576 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5577 {
5578 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5579
5580 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5581 os->bfd_section->owner,
5582 os->bfd_section->name,
5583 region->name_list.name);
5584 }
5585 }
5586 }
5587
5588 static void
5589 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5590 seg_align_type *seg)
5591 {
5592 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5593 {
5594 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5595 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5596 else
5597 {
5598 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5599 }
5600 }
5601 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5602 {
5603 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5604 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5605 else
5606 {
5607 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5608 }
5609 }
5610 }
5611
5612 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5613
5614 static bfd_vma
5615 lang_size_sections_1
5616 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5617 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5618 fill_type *fill,
5619 bfd_vma dot,
5620 bfd_boolean *relax,
5621 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5622 {
5623 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5624 lang_statement_union_type *prev_s = NULL;
5625 bfd_boolean removed_prev_s = FALSE;
5626
5627 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5628 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; prev_s = s, s = s->header.next)
5629 {
5630 bfd_boolean removed=FALSE;
5631
5632 switch (s->header.type)
5633 {
5634 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5635 {
5636 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5637 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5638 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5639 int section_alignment = 0;
5640
5641 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5642 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
5643 if (os->constraint == -1)
5644 break;
5645
5646 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5647 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5648 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5649 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5650 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5651 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5652 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5653 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5654 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5655 {
5656 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5657 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5658
5659 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5660 {
5661 dot = expld.result.value;
5662 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5663 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5664 }
5665 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5666 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5667 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5668 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5669 }
5670
5671 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5672 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5673 break;
5674
5675 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5676 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5677 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5678 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5679 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5680 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5681 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5682 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5683 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5684 {
5685 asection *input;
5686
5687 if (os->children.head == NULL
5688 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5689 || (os->children.head->header.type
5690 != lang_input_section_enum))
5691 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5692 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5693
5694 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5695 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section,
5696 bfd_section_vma (input));
5697 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5698 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5699 break;
5700 }
5701
5702 newdot = dot;
5703 dotdelta = 0;
5704 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5705 {
5706 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5707 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5708 }
5709 else
5710 {
5711 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5712 {
5713 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5714 from the region specification. */
5715 if (os->region == NULL
5716 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5717 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5718 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5719 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5720 {
5721 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5722 }
5723
5724 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5725 region, and some non default memory regions were
5726 defined, issue an error message. */
5727 if (!os->ignored
5728 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5729 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5730 && check_regions
5731 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5732 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5733 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5734 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5735 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5736 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5737 && lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5738 {
5739 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5740 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5741 default memory region we can end up creating an
5742 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5743 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5744 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5745 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5746 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5747 switch. */
5748 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5749 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5750 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5751 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5752 else
5753 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5754 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5755 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5756 }
5757
5758 newdot = os->region->current;
5759 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5760 }
5761 else
5762 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5763 "section alignment");
5764
5765 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5766 if (section_alignment > 0)
5767 {
5768 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5769 bfd_vma diff = 0;
5770
5771 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5772 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5773
5774 if (lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5775 diff = dotdelta;
5776 else if (lang_sizing_iteration > 1)
5777 {
5778 /* Only report adjustments that would change
5779 alignment from what we have already reported. */
5780 diff = newdot - os->bfd_section->vma;
5781 if (!(diff & (((bfd_vma) 1 << section_alignment) - 1)))
5782 diff = 0;
5783 }
5784 if (diff != 0
5785 && (config.warn_section_align
5786 || os->addr_tree != NULL))
5787 einfo (_("%P: warning: "
5788 "start of section %s changed by %ld\n"),
5789 os->name, (long) diff);
5790 }
5791
5792 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section, newdot);
5793
5794 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5795 }
5796
5797 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5798 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5799
5800 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5801
5802 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5803 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5804 no output section should change from zero size
5805 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5806 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5807 input section was not sized early enough. */
5808 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5809 else
5810 {
5811 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5812
5813 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5814 align at the block boundary. */
5815 after = ((dot
5816 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5817 + os->block_value - 1)
5818 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5819
5820 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5821 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5822 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5823 }
5824
5825 /* Set section lma. */
5826 r = os->region;
5827 if (r == NULL)
5828 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5829
5830 if (os->load_base)
5831 {
5832 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5833 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5834 }
5835 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5836 {
5837 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5838
5839 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5840 lma += dotdelta;
5841 else
5842 {
5843 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5844 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5845 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5846 only align according to the value in the output
5847 statement. */
5848 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5849 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5850 "section alignment");
5851 if (section_alignment > 0)
5852 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5853 }
5854 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5855 }
5856 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5857 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5858 {
5859 bfd_vma lma;
5860 asection *last;
5861
5862 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5863
5864 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5865 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5866 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5867 create overlapping LMAs. */
5868 if (dot < last->vma
5869 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5870 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5871 {
5872 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5873 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5874 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5875 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5876 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5877
5878 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5879 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5880 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5881 }
5882 else
5883 {
5884 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5885 at the end of the previous section. */
5886 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5887 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5888
5889 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5890 as the previous section. */
5891 else
5892 lma = os->bfd_section->vma + last->lma - last->vma;
5893
5894 if (section_alignment > 0)
5895 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5896 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5897 }
5898 }
5899 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5900
5901 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5902 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5903 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5904 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5905 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5906 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5907 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5908 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5909 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5910 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5911 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5912 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5913 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5914 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5915 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5916 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5917 || (r->last_os == NULL
5918 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5919 || (r->last_os != NULL
5920 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5921 .bfd_section->vma))))
5922 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5923 && os->lma_region == NULL
5924 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5925 r->last_os = s;
5926
5927 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5928 break;
5929
5930 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5931 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5932 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5933 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5934 else
5935 dotdelta = 0;
5936 dot += dotdelta;
5937
5938 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5939 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5940
5941 /* Update dot in the region ?
5942 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5943 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5944 overall size in memory. */
5945 if (os->region != NULL
5946 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5947 {
5948 os->region->current = dot;
5949
5950 if (check_regions)
5951 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5952 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5953 os->bfd_section->vma);
5954
5955 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5956 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5957 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5958 {
5959 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5960
5961 if (check_regions)
5962 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5963 os->bfd_section->lma);
5964 }
5965 }
5966 }
5967 break;
5968
5969 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5970 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5971 output_section_statement,
5972 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5973 break;
5974
5975 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5976 {
5977 unsigned int size = 0;
5978
5979 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5980 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5981 s->data_statement.output_section =
5982 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5983
5984 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5985 need to mark them as needed. */
5986 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5987
5988 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5989 {
5990 default:
5991 abort ();
5992 case QUAD:
5993 case SQUAD:
5994 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5995 break;
5996 case LONG:
5997 size = LONG_SIZE;
5998 break;
5999 case SHORT:
6000 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6001 break;
6002 case BYTE:
6003 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6004 break;
6005 }
6006 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6007 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6008 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6009 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6010 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6011 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6012 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6013
6014 }
6015 break;
6016
6017 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6018 {
6019 int size;
6020
6021 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
6022 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6023 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
6024 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6025 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
6026 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6027 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6028 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6029 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6030 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6031 }
6032 break;
6033
6034 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6035 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
6036 output_section_statement,
6037 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6038 break;
6039
6040 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6041 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
6042 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6043 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6044 break;
6045
6046 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6047 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6048 break;
6049
6050 case lang_input_section_enum:
6051 {
6052 asection *i;
6053
6054 i = s->input_section.section;
6055 if (relax)
6056 {
6057 bfd_boolean again;
6058
6059 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
6060 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
6061 if (again)
6062 *relax = TRUE;
6063 }
6064 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
6065 fill, &removed, dot);
6066 }
6067 break;
6068
6069 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6070 break;
6071
6072 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6073 s->fill_statement.output_section =
6074 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6075
6076 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6077 break;
6078
6079 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6080 {
6081 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
6082 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
6083
6084 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6085
6086 exp_fold_tree (tree,
6087 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
6088 &newdot);
6089
6090 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
6091
6092 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6093
6094 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
6095 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
6096 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
6097 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
6098 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
6099 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
6100
6101 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
6102 {
6103 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
6104 {
6105 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
6106 the default memory address. */
6107 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
6108 FALSE)->current = newdot;
6109 }
6110 else if (newdot != dot)
6111 {
6112 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
6113 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
6114 assignment references dot. */
6115 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
6116 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
6117
6118 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
6119 s = s->header.next;
6120
6121 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
6122 should have space allocated to it, unless the
6123 user has explicitly stated that the section
6124 should not be allocated. */
6125 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
6126 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
6127 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
6128 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
6129 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6130 }
6131 dot = newdot;
6132 }
6133 }
6134 break;
6135
6136 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6137 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
6138 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
6139 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
6140 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
6141 will be added back in. */
6142 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
6143
6144 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
6145 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
6146 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
6147 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
6148 a pad size of zero. */
6149 s->padding_statement.output_offset
6150 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6151 break;
6152
6153 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6154 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
6155 output_section_statement,
6156 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6157 break;
6158
6159 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6160 break;
6161
6162 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
6163 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6164 break;
6165
6166 default:
6167 FAIL ();
6168 break;
6169 }
6170
6171 /* If an input section doesn't fit in the current output
6172 section, remove it from the list. Handle the case where we
6173 have to remove an input_section statement here: there is a
6174 special case to remove the first element of the list. */
6175 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions && removed)
6176 {
6177 /* If we removed the first element during the previous
6178 iteration, override the loop assignment of prev_s. */
6179 if (removed_prev_s)
6180 prev_s = NULL;
6181
6182 if (prev_s)
6183 {
6184 /* If there was a real previous input section, just skip
6185 the current one. */
6186 prev_s->header.next=s->header.next;
6187 s = prev_s;
6188 removed_prev_s = FALSE;
6189 }
6190 else
6191 {
6192 /* Remove the first input section of the list. */
6193 *prev = s->header.next;
6194 removed_prev_s = TRUE;
6195 }
6196
6197 /* Move to next element, unless we removed the head of the
6198 list. */
6199 if (!removed_prev_s)
6200 prev = &s->header.next;
6201 }
6202 else
6203 {
6204 prev = &s->header.next;
6205 removed_prev_s = FALSE;
6206 }
6207 }
6208 return dot;
6209 }
6210
6211 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
6212 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
6213 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
6214 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
6215
6216 bfd_boolean
6217 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6218 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6219 asection *current_section,
6220 asection *previous_section,
6221 bfd_boolean new_segment)
6222 {
6223 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
6224 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
6225
6226 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
6227 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
6228 if (new_segment)
6229 return TRUE;
6230
6231 /* Paranoia checks. */
6232 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
6233 return new_segment;
6234
6235 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
6236 sections comingled in the same segment. */
6237 if (config.separate_code
6238 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
6239 return TRUE;
6240
6241 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
6242 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
6243 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
6244 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
6245 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
6246 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
6247
6248 /* More paranoia. */
6249 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
6250 return new_segment;
6251
6252 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
6253 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
6254 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
6255 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
6256 return cur->region != prev->region;
6257 }
6258
6259 void
6260 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6261 {
6262 lang_statement_iteration++;
6263 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
6264 lang_sizing_iteration++;
6265 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
6266 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
6267 }
6268
6269 static bfd_boolean
6270 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
6271 {
6272 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
6273 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
6274 bfd_vma first, last;
6275
6276 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6277 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6278 if (first && last
6279 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
6280 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
6281 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
6282 {
6283 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
6284 return TRUE;
6285 }
6286
6287 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
6288 return FALSE;
6289 }
6290
6291 static bfd_vma
6292 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
6293 {
6294 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
6295 asection *sec;
6296
6297 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
6298 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
6299 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
6300
6301 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
6302 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
6303
6304 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
6305 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
6306 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6307 && sec->vma >= seg->base
6308 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
6309 {
6310 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
6311 desired? */
6312 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
6313
6314 end = start = sec->vma;
6315 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
6316 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
6317 bump = desired_end - end;
6318 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
6319 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
6320 start += bump;
6321 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
6322 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
6323 desired_end = start;
6324 }
6325
6326 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
6327 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
6328 seg->base = desired_end;
6329 return relro_end;
6330 }
6331
6332 static bfd_boolean
6333 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6334 {
6335 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
6336 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
6337 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
6338
6339 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6340 {
6341 do_data_relro = TRUE;
6342 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
6343 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
6344 }
6345 else
6346 {
6347 do_data_relro = FALSE;
6348 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
6349 }
6350
6351 if (do_data_relro)
6352 {
6353 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6354 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6355
6356 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
6357 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
6358 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
6359 {
6360 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
6361 do_reset = TRUE;
6362 }
6363 }
6364
6365 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
6366 do_reset = TRUE;
6367
6368 return do_reset;
6369 }
6370
6371 void
6372 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6373 {
6374 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
6375 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
6376
6377 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6378
6379 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
6380 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
6381
6382 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
6383 {
6384 bfd_boolean do_reset
6385 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
6386
6387 if (do_reset)
6388 {
6389 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6390 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6391 }
6392
6393 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6394 {
6395 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
6396 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
6397 }
6398 }
6399 }
6400
6401 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
6402 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
6403 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
6404
6405 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
6406
6407 static bfd_vma
6408 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6409 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
6410 fill_type *fill,
6411 bfd_vma dot,
6412 bfd_boolean *found_end)
6413 {
6414 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6415 {
6416 switch (s->header.type)
6417 {
6418 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6419 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
6420 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6421 break;
6422
6423 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6424 {
6425 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6426 bfd_vma newdot;
6427
6428 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6429 os->after_end = *found_end;
6430 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
6431 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
6432 {
6433 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6434 {
6435 current_section = os;
6436 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6437 }
6438 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6439 }
6440 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6441 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
6442 if (!os->ignored)
6443 {
6444 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6445 {
6446 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6447 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6448 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6449 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6450
6451 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6452 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6453 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6454 }
6455 else
6456 dot = newdot;
6457 }
6458 }
6459 break;
6460
6461 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6462
6463 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6464 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6465 break;
6466
6467 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6468 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6469 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6470 break;
6471
6472 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6473 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6474 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6475 {
6476 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6477 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6478 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6479 }
6480 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6481 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6482 {
6483 unsigned int size;
6484 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6485 {
6486 default:
6487 abort ();
6488 case QUAD:
6489 case SQUAD:
6490 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6491 break;
6492 case LONG:
6493 size = LONG_SIZE;
6494 break;
6495 case SHORT:
6496 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6497 break;
6498 case BYTE:
6499 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6500 break;
6501 }
6502 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6503 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6504 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6505 }
6506 break;
6507
6508 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6509 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6510 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6511 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6512 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6513 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6514 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6515 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6516 break;
6517
6518 case lang_input_section_enum:
6519 {
6520 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6521
6522 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6523 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6524 }
6525 break;
6526
6527 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6528 break;
6529
6530 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6531 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6532 break;
6533
6534 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6535 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6536 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6537 {
6538 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6539
6540 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6541 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6542
6543 while (*p == '_')
6544 ++p;
6545 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6546 *found_end = TRUE;
6547 }
6548 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6549 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6550 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6551 &dot);
6552 break;
6553
6554 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6555 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6556 break;
6557
6558 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6559 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6560 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6561 break;
6562
6563 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6564 break;
6565
6566 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6567 break;
6568
6569 default:
6570 FAIL ();
6571 break;
6572 }
6573 }
6574 return dot;
6575 }
6576
6577 void
6578 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6579 {
6580 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6581
6582 current_section = NULL;
6583 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6584 expld.phase = phase;
6585 lang_statement_iteration++;
6586 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6587 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6588 }
6589
6590 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6591 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6592 of "dot". */
6593
6594 asection *
6595 section_for_dot (void)
6596 {
6597 asection *s;
6598
6599 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6600 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6601 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6602 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6603 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6604 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6605 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6606 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6607 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6608 {
6609 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6610 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6611
6612 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6613 stmt != NULL;
6614 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6615 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6616 break;
6617
6618 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6619 while (os != NULL
6620 && !os->after_end
6621 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6622 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6623 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6624 os->bfd_section)))
6625 os = os->next;
6626
6627 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6628 {
6629 if (os != NULL)
6630 s = os->bfd_section;
6631 else
6632 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6633 while (s != NULL
6634 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6635 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6636 s = s->prev;
6637 if (s != NULL)
6638 return s;
6639
6640 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6641 }
6642 }
6643
6644 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6645
6646 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6647 while (s != NULL
6648 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6649 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6650 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6651 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6652 s = s->prev;
6653 if (s == NULL)
6654 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6655 while (s != NULL
6656 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6657 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6658 s = s->next;
6659 if (s != NULL)
6660 return s;
6661
6662 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6663 }
6664
6665 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6666
6667 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6668 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6669 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6670
6671 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6672 to start_stop_syms. */
6673
6674 static void
6675 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6676 {
6677 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6678
6679 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6680 if (h != NULL)
6681 {
6682 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6683 {
6684 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6685 start_stop_syms
6686 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6687 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6688 }
6689 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6690 }
6691 }
6692
6693 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6694 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6695 preliminary definitions. */
6696
6697 static void
6698 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6699 {
6700 bfd *abfd;
6701 asection *s;
6702 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6703
6704 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6705 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6706 {
6707 const char *ps;
6708 const char *secname = s->name;
6709
6710 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6711 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6712 break;
6713 if (*ps == '\0')
6714 {
6715 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6716
6717 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6718 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6719 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6720
6721 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6722 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6723 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6724
6725 free (symbol);
6726 }
6727 }
6728 }
6729
6730 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6731
6732 static void
6733 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6734 {
6735 size_t i;
6736
6737 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6738 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6739 }
6740
6741 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6742 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6743 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6744 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6745 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6746
6747 static void
6748 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6749 {
6750 if (h->ldscript_def)
6751 return;
6752
6753 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6754 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6755 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6756 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6757 {
6758 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6759 h->u.def.section->name);
6760 if (sec != NULL)
6761 {
6762 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6763 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6764 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6765 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6766 if there is still an output section with section name
6767 SECNAME. */
6768 asection *i;
6769 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6770 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6771 {
6772 h->u.def.section = i;
6773 return;
6774 }
6775 }
6776 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6777 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6778 }
6779 }
6780
6781 static void
6782 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6783 {
6784 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6785 }
6786
6787 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6788 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6789 preliminary definitions. */
6790
6791 static void
6792 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6793 {
6794 asection *s;
6795
6796 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6797 {
6798 const char *secname = s->name;
6799 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6800
6801 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6802 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6803
6804 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6805 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6806 free (symbol);
6807 }
6808 }
6809
6810 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6811
6812 static void
6813 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6814 {
6815 if (h->ldscript_def
6816 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6817 return;
6818
6819 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6820 {
6821 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6822 .startof. already has final value. */
6823 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6824 {
6825 /* .sizeof. */
6826 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6827 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6828 }
6829 }
6830 else
6831 {
6832 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6833 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6834
6835 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6836 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6837 {
6838 /* __stop_ */
6839 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6840 }
6841 }
6842 }
6843
6844 static void
6845 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6846 {
6847 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6848 }
6849
6850 static void
6851 lang_end (void)
6852 {
6853 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6854 bfd_boolean warn;
6855
6856 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6857 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6858 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6859 else
6860 warn = TRUE;
6861
6862 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6863 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6864 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6865 && link_info.gc_sections
6866 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported)
6867 {
6868 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
6869
6870 for (sym = link_info.gc_sym_list; sym != NULL; sym = sym->next)
6871 {
6872 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, sym->name,
6873 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
6874 if (h != NULL
6875 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6876 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6877 && !bfd_is_const_section (h->u.def.section))
6878 break;
6879 }
6880 if (!sym)
6881 einfo (_("%F%P: --gc-sections requires a defined symbol root "
6882 "specified by -e or -u\n"));
6883 }
6884
6885 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6886 {
6887 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6888 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6889 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6890 warn = FALSE;
6891 }
6892
6893 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6894 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6895 if (h != NULL
6896 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6897 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6898 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6899 {
6900 bfd_vma val;
6901
6902 val = (h->u.def.value
6903 + bfd_section_vma (h->u.def.section->output_section)
6904 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6905 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6906 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6907 }
6908 else
6909 {
6910 bfd_vma val;
6911 const char *send;
6912
6913 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6914 number. */
6915 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6916 if (*send == '\0')
6917 {
6918 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6919 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6920 }
6921 else
6922 {
6923 asection *ts;
6924
6925 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6926 the first address in the text section. */
6927 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6928 if (ts != NULL)
6929 {
6930 if (warn)
6931 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6932 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6933 entry_symbol.name,
6934 bfd_section_vma (ts));
6935 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd,
6936 bfd_section_vma (ts)))
6937 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6938 }
6939 else
6940 {
6941 if (warn)
6942 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6943 " not setting start address\n"),
6944 entry_symbol.name);
6945 }
6946 }
6947 }
6948 }
6949
6950 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6951 BFD. */
6952
6953 static void
6954 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6955 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6956 {
6957 /* Don't do anything. */
6958 }
6959
6960 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6961 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6962 other checking that is needed. */
6963
6964 static void
6965 lang_check (void)
6966 {
6967 lang_input_statement_type *file;
6968 bfd *input_bfd;
6969 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6970
6971 for (file = (void *) file_chain.head;
6972 file != NULL;
6973 file = file->next)
6974 {
6975 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
6976 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6977 if (file->flags.claimed)
6978 continue;
6979 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
6980 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
6981 compatible
6982 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6983 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6984
6985 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6986 link between differing object formats when the input
6987 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6988 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6989 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6990 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6991 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6992 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6993 && (compatible == NULL
6994 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6995 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6996 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6997 {
6998 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6999 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
7000 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7001 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
7002 /* einfo with %F exits. */
7003 }
7004
7005 if (compatible == NULL)
7006 {
7007 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7008 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
7009 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
7010 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7011 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
7012 }
7013
7014 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
7015 private data of the output bfd. */
7016 else if ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7017 || bfd_count_sections (input_bfd) != 0)
7018 {
7019 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
7020
7021 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
7022 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
7023 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
7024 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
7025 information which is needed in the output file. */
7026 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7027 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
7028 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
7029 {
7030 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7031 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
7032 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
7033 }
7034 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7035 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
7036 }
7037 }
7038 }
7039
7040 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
7041 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
7042 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
7043
7044 static void
7045 lang_common (void)
7046 {
7047 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
7048 return;
7049 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7050 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
7051 return;
7052
7053 if (!config.sort_common)
7054 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
7055 else
7056 {
7057 unsigned int power;
7058
7059 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
7060 {
7061 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
7062 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7063
7064 power = 0;
7065 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7066 }
7067 else
7068 {
7069 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
7070 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7071
7072 power = (unsigned int) -1;
7073 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7074 }
7075 }
7076 }
7077
7078 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
7079
7080 static bfd_boolean
7081 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
7082 {
7083 unsigned int power_of_two;
7084 bfd_vma size;
7085 asection *section;
7086
7087 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
7088 return TRUE;
7089
7090 size = h->u.c.size;
7091 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
7092
7093 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
7094 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
7095 return TRUE;
7096 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
7097 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
7098 return TRUE;
7099
7100 section = h->u.c.p->section;
7101 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
7102 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
7103 h->root.string);
7104
7105 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7106 {
7107 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
7108 int len;
7109 char *name;
7110 char buf[50];
7111
7112 if (!header_printed)
7113 {
7114 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
7115 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
7116 header_printed = TRUE;
7117 }
7118
7119 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
7120 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
7121 if (name == NULL)
7122 {
7123 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
7124 len = strlen (h->root.string);
7125 }
7126 else
7127 {
7128 minfo ("%s", name);
7129 len = strlen (name);
7130 free (name);
7131 }
7132
7133 if (len >= 19)
7134 {
7135 print_nl ();
7136 len = 0;
7137 }
7138 while (len < 20)
7139 {
7140 print_space ();
7141 ++len;
7142 }
7143
7144 minfo ("0x");
7145 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
7146 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
7147 else
7148 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
7149 minfo ("%s", buf);
7150 len = strlen (buf);
7151
7152 while (len < 16)
7153 {
7154 print_space ();
7155 ++len;
7156 }
7157
7158 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
7159 }
7160
7161 return TRUE;
7162 }
7163
7164 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
7165 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
7166 option are handled here. */
7167
7168 static void
7169 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
7170 {
7171 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
7172 {
7173 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7174 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
7175 TRUE);
7176 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7177 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7178 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7179 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7180 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
7181 }
7182 else
7183 {
7184 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7185 const char *name = s->name;
7186 int constraint = 0;
7187
7188 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
7189 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
7190 s, s->owner);
7191
7192 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
7193 constraint = SPECIAL;
7194
7195 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
7196 if (os == NULL)
7197 {
7198 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
7199 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7200 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7201 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7202 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7203 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
7204 }
7205
7206 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
7207 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
7208 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
7209 s, s->owner, os->name);
7210 }
7211 }
7212
7213 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
7214 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
7215 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
7216
7217 static void
7218 lang_place_orphans (void)
7219 {
7220 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
7221 {
7222 asection *s;
7223
7224 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7225 {
7226 if (s->output_section == NULL)
7227 {
7228 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
7229 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
7230
7231 if (file->flags.just_syms)
7232 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
7233 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
7234 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
7235 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
7236 {
7237 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
7238 come from an archive. We attach to the section
7239 with the wildcard. */
7240 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7241 || command_line.force_common_definition)
7242 {
7243 if (default_common_section == NULL)
7244 default_common_section
7245 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
7246 TRUE);
7247 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
7248 NULL, default_common_section);
7249 }
7250 }
7251 else
7252 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
7253 }
7254 }
7255 }
7256 }
7257
7258 void
7259 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
7260 {
7261 flagword *ptr_flags;
7262
7263 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7264
7265 while (*flags)
7266 {
7267 switch (*flags)
7268 {
7269 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
7270 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
7271 case '!':
7272 invert = !invert;
7273 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7274 break;
7275
7276 case 'A': case 'a':
7277 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
7278 break;
7279
7280 case 'R': case 'r':
7281 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7282 break;
7283
7284 case 'W': case 'w':
7285 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
7286 break;
7287
7288 case 'X': case 'x':
7289 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
7290 break;
7291
7292 case 'L': case 'l':
7293 case 'I': case 'i':
7294 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
7295 break;
7296
7297 default:
7298 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
7299 *flags, *flags);
7300 break;
7301 }
7302 flags++;
7303 }
7304 }
7305
7306 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
7307 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
7308
7309 void
7310 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7311 {
7312 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7313
7314 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7315 f != NULL;
7316 f = f->next_real_file)
7317 if (f->flags.real)
7318 func (f);
7319 }
7320
7321 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
7322 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
7323 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
7324
7325 void
7326 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7327 {
7328 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7329 {
7330 if (f->flags.real)
7331 func (f);
7332 }
7333 }
7334
7335 void
7336 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
7337 {
7338 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
7339
7340 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
7341 a link. */
7342 ASSERT (link_info.input_bfds_tail != &entry->the_bfd->link.next
7343 && entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
7344 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
7345
7346 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
7347 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
7348 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
7349 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
7350
7351 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
7352 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
7353 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
7354 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
7355 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
7356 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
7357 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
7358 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
7359 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
7360
7361 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
7362 }
7363
7364 void
7365 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
7366 {
7367 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
7368 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
7369 {
7370 output_filename = name;
7371 had_output_filename = TRUE;
7372 }
7373 }
7374
7375 lang_output_section_statement_type *
7376 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
7377 etree_type *address_exp,
7378 enum section_type sectype,
7379 etree_type *align,
7380 etree_type *subalign,
7381 etree_type *ebase,
7382 int constraint,
7383 int align_with_input)
7384 {
7385 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7386
7387 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
7388 constraint, TRUE);
7389 current_section = os;
7390
7391 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
7392 {
7393 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
7394 }
7395 os->sectype = sectype;
7396 if (sectype != noload_section)
7397 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7398 else
7399 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
7400 os->block_value = 1;
7401
7402 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
7403 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
7404
7405 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
7406 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
7407 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
7408 NULL);
7409
7410 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
7411 os->section_alignment = align;
7412
7413 os->load_base = ebase;
7414 return os;
7415 }
7416
7417 void
7418 lang_final (void)
7419 {
7420 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
7421
7422 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
7423 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
7424 }
7425
7426 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
7427
7428 void
7429 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
7430 {
7431 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
7432 asection *o;
7433 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7434
7435 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7436 {
7437 p->current = p->origin;
7438 p->last_os = NULL;
7439 }
7440
7441 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7442 os != NULL;
7443 os = os->next)
7444 {
7445 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
7446 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
7447 }
7448
7449 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7450 {
7451 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7452 o->rawsize = o->size;
7453 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7454 o->size = 0;
7455 }
7456 }
7457
7458 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7459
7460 static void
7461 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7462 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7463 asection *section,
7464 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7465 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7466 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7467 {
7468 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7469 should be as well. */
7470 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7471 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7472 }
7473
7474 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7475
7476 static void
7477 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7478 {
7479 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7480 {
7481 switch (s->header.type)
7482 {
7483 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7484 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7485 break;
7486 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7487 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7488 break;
7489 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7490 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7491 break;
7492 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7493 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7494 break;
7495 default:
7496 break;
7497 }
7498 }
7499 }
7500
7501 static void
7502 lang_gc_sections (void)
7503 {
7504 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7505 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7506
7507 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7508 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7509 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7510 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7511 {
7512 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7513 {
7514 asection *sec;
7515 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7516 if (f->flags.claimed)
7517 continue;
7518 #endif
7519 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7520 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7521 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7522 }
7523 }
7524
7525 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7526 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7527 }
7528
7529 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7530
7531 static void
7532 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7533 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7534 asection *section,
7535 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7536 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7537 void *data)
7538 {
7539 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7540 size. */
7541 if (section->output_section != NULL
7542 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7543 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7544 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7545 && section->size != 0)
7546 {
7547 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7548 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7549 }
7550 }
7551
7552 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7553
7554 static void
7555 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7556 seg_align_type *seg,
7557 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7558 {
7559 if (*has_relro_section)
7560 return;
7561
7562 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7563 {
7564 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7565 break;
7566
7567 switch (s->header.type)
7568 {
7569 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7570 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7571 find_relro_section_callback,
7572 has_relro_section);
7573 break;
7574 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7575 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7576 seg, has_relro_section);
7577 break;
7578 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7579 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7580 seg, has_relro_section);
7581 break;
7582 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7583 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7584 seg, has_relro_section);
7585 break;
7586 default:
7587 break;
7588 }
7589 }
7590 }
7591
7592 static void
7593 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7594 {
7595 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7596
7597 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7598
7599 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7600 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7601
7602 if (!has_relro_section)
7603 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7604 }
7605
7606 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7607
7608 void
7609 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7610 {
7611 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7612 {
7613 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7614 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7615
7616 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7617 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7618
7619 while (i--)
7620 {
7621 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7622 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7623
7624 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7625 do
7626 {
7627 link_info.relax_trip++;
7628
7629 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7630 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7631 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7632
7633 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7634 section sizes. */
7635 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7636
7637 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7638 size. */
7639 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7640
7641 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7642 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7643 relax_again = FALSE;
7644 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7645 }
7646 while (relax_again);
7647
7648 link_info.relax_pass++;
7649 }
7650 need_layout = TRUE;
7651 }
7652
7653 if (need_layout)
7654 {
7655 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7656 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7657 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7658 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7659 }
7660 }
7661
7662 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7663 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7664 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7665 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7666 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7667 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7668 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7669 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7670 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7671 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7672 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7673
7674 static lang_input_statement_type *
7675 find_replacements_insert_point (bfd_boolean *before)
7676 {
7677 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7678 lastobject = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7679 for (claim1 = (void *) file_chain.head;
7680 claim1 != NULL;
7681 claim1 = claim1->next)
7682 {
7683 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7684 {
7685 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7686 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7687 }
7688 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7689 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7690 lastobject = claim1;
7691 }
7692 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7693 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7694 insert point. */
7695 *before = FALSE;
7696 return lastobject;
7697 }
7698
7699 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7700 added during a rescan. */
7701
7702 static lang_input_statement_type **
7703 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7704 {
7705 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7706 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7707 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7708 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7709 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7710
7711 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7712 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7713
7714 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7715 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7716 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7717 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7718 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7719 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7720 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7721 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7722 f != NULL;
7723 f = f->next_real_file)
7724 {
7725 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7726 {
7727 before = last_loaded;
7728 if (f->next != NULL)
7729 return &f->next->next;
7730 }
7731 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7732 last_loaded = f;
7733 }
7734
7735 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7736 *iter != NULL;
7737 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7738 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7739 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7740 break;
7741
7742 return iter;
7743 }
7744
7745 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7746 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7747 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7748
7749 static void
7750 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7751 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7752 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7753 {
7754 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7755 *field = srclist->head;
7756 if (destlist->tail == field)
7757 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7758 }
7759
7760 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7761 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7762
7763 static void
7764 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7765 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7766 {
7767 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7768 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7769 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7770 savetail = origlist->tail;
7771 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7772 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7773 destlist->tail = savetail;
7774 *savetail = NULL;
7775 }
7776
7777 static lang_statement_union_type **
7778 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7779 {
7780 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7781 {
7782 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7783 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7784 {
7785 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7786 return s;
7787 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7788 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7789 break;
7790 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7791 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7792 break;
7793 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7794 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7795 break;
7796 default:
7797 continue;
7798 }
7799 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7800 if (*t)
7801 return t;
7802 }
7803 return s;
7804 }
7805 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7806
7807 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7808
7809 void
7810 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7811 {
7812 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7813
7814 if (name == NULL)
7815 return;
7816
7817 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7818
7819 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7820 sym->name = name;
7821 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7822 }
7823
7824 /* Check relocations. */
7825
7826 static void
7827 lang_check_relocs (void)
7828 {
7829 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7830 {
7831 bfd *abfd;
7832
7833 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7834 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7835 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7836 {
7837 /* No object output, fail return. */
7838 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7839 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7840 continue the scan in case there are other
7841 bad relocations to report. */
7842 }
7843 }
7844 }
7845
7846 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7847 propagate forward the lma region. */
7848
7849 static void
7850 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7851 {
7852 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7853
7854 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7855 os != NULL;
7856 os = os->next)
7857 {
7858 if (os->prev != NULL
7859 && os->lma_region == NULL
7860 && os->load_base == NULL
7861 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7862 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7863 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7864 }
7865 }
7866
7867 void
7868 lang_process (void)
7869 {
7870 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7871 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7872 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7873
7874 current_target = default_target;
7875
7876 /* Open the output file. */
7877 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7878 init_opb (NULL);
7879
7880 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7881
7882 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7883 lang_place_undefineds ();
7884
7885 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7886 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7887
7888 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7889 current_target = default_target;
7890 lang_statement_iteration++;
7891 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7892 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7893 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7894 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7895
7896 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7897 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7898 {
7899 lang_statement_list_type added;
7900 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7901
7902 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7903 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7904 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7905 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7906 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7907 file. */
7908 added = *stat_ptr;
7909 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7910 files = file_chain;
7911 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7912 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7913 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7914 plugin_error_plugin ());
7915 link_info.lto_all_symbols_read = TRUE;
7916 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7917 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
7918 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7919 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
7920 plugin_undefs = NULL;
7921 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7922 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7923 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7924 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7925 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7926 /* Were any new files added? */
7927 if (added.head != NULL)
7928 {
7929 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7930 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
7931 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
7932 immediately before. */
7933 bfd_boolean before;
7934 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
7935 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
7936 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7937 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7938 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7939 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7940 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7941 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7942 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7943 if (before)
7944 {
7945 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
7946 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
7947 {
7948 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
7949 Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
7950 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7951 }
7952 }
7953 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
7954 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7955 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7956 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7957 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7958 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7959 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7960 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7961 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
7962 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
7963 else
7964 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7965
7966 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7967 files = file_chain;
7968 lang_statement_iteration++;
7969 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7970 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7971 while (files.head != NULL)
7972 {
7973 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
7974 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
7975 bfd *my_arch;
7976
7977 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7978 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7979 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7980 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7981 if (my_arch != NULL)
7982 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
7983 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7984 break;
7985 temp = *insert;
7986 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
7987 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
7988 *iter = temp;
7989 if (my_arch != NULL)
7990 {
7991 lang_input_statement_type *parent = bfd_usrdata (my_arch);
7992 if (parent != NULL)
7993 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
7994 ((char *) iter
7995 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7996 }
7997 }
7998 }
7999 }
8000 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
8001
8002 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
8003 before now. */
8004 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
8005
8006 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
8007
8008 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
8009 {
8010 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
8011
8012 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
8013 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
8014 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
8015 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
8016 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
8017 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
8018 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
8019 points for garbage collection resolution. */
8020 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
8021 }
8022
8023 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
8024 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
8025
8026 ldemul_after_open ();
8027 if (config.map_file != NULL)
8028 lang_print_asneeded ();
8029
8030 ldlang_open_ctf ();
8031
8032 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
8033
8034 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
8035 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
8036 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
8037 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
8038 link. */
8039 lang_check ();
8040
8041 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
8042 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
8043 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
8044
8045 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
8046 files. */
8047 ldctor_build_sets ();
8048
8049 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
8050 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
8051 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
8052 if (config.build_constructors)
8053 lang_init_start_stop ();
8054
8055 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
8056 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
8057 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
8058 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
8059
8060 /* Size up the common data. */
8061 lang_common ();
8062
8063 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
8064 lang_gc_sections ();
8065
8066 /* Check relocations. */
8067 lang_check_relocs ();
8068
8069 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
8070
8071 /* Update wild statements. */
8072 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
8073
8074 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
8075 to the correct output sections. */
8076 lang_statement_iteration++;
8077 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
8078
8079 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
8080 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
8081 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
8082
8083 ldemul_before_place_orphans ();
8084
8085 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
8086 lang_place_orphans ();
8087
8088 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8089 {
8090 asection *found;
8091
8092 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
8093 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
8094 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
8095 is hard then. */
8096 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
8097
8098 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
8099 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
8100
8101 if (found != NULL)
8102 {
8103 if (config.text_read_only)
8104 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
8105 else
8106 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
8107 }
8108 }
8109
8110 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
8111 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
8112 lang_merge_ctf ();
8113
8114 /* Emit the CTF, iff the emulation doesn't need to do late emission after
8115 examining things laid out late, like the strtab. */
8116 lang_write_ctf (0);
8117
8118 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
8119 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
8120
8121 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
8122 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
8123 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
8124 if (config.build_constructors)
8125 lang_undef_start_stop ();
8126
8127 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
8128 dynamic symbols are created. */
8129 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8130 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
8131
8132 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
8133 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
8134 ldemul_before_allocation ();
8135
8136 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
8137 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
8138 lang_record_phdrs ();
8139
8140 /* Check relro sections. */
8141 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8142 lang_find_relro_sections ();
8143
8144 /* Size up the sections. */
8145 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
8146
8147 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
8148 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
8149 ldemul_after_allocation ();
8150
8151 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
8152 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
8153
8154 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
8155 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
8156 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
8157 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
8158 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
8159 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
8160
8161 ldemul_finish ();
8162
8163 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
8164 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
8165
8166 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
8167 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
8168 lang_check_section_addresses ();
8169
8170 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
8171 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
8172
8173 lang_end ();
8174 }
8175
8176 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
8177
8178 void
8179 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
8180 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
8181 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
8182 {
8183 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
8184 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
8185
8186 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
8187 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
8188 curr != NULL;
8189 section_list = curr, curr = next)
8190 {
8191 next = curr->next;
8192 curr->next = section_list;
8193 }
8194
8195 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
8196 {
8197 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
8198 filespec->name = NULL;
8199 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
8200 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
8201 }
8202
8203 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
8204 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
8205 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
8206 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
8207 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
8208 if (filespec != NULL)
8209 {
8210 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
8211 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
8212 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
8213 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
8214 }
8215 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
8216 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
8217 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
8218 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
8219 }
8220
8221 void
8222 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
8223 const segment_type *segment)
8224 {
8225 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
8226
8227 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
8228 ad->section_name = name;
8229 ad->address = address;
8230 ad->segment = segment;
8231 }
8232
8233 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
8234 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
8235 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
8236 precedence. */
8237
8238 void
8239 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
8240 {
8241 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
8242 || cmdline
8243 || !entry_from_cmdline)
8244 {
8245 entry_symbol.name = name;
8246 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
8247 }
8248 }
8249
8250 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
8251 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
8252 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
8253 must be permanently allocated. */
8254 void
8255 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
8256 {
8257 entry_symbol_default = name;
8258 }
8259
8260 void
8261 lang_add_target (const char *name)
8262 {
8263 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
8264
8265 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
8266 new_stmt->target = name;
8267 }
8268
8269 void
8270 lang_add_map (const char *name)
8271 {
8272 while (*name)
8273 {
8274 switch (*name)
8275 {
8276 case 'F':
8277 map_option_f = TRUE;
8278 break;
8279 }
8280 name++;
8281 }
8282 }
8283
8284 void
8285 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
8286 {
8287 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
8288
8289 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
8290 new_stmt->fill = fill;
8291 }
8292
8293 void
8294 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
8295 {
8296 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
8297
8298 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
8299 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8300 new_stmt->type = type;
8301 }
8302
8303 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
8304 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
8305 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
8306 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
8307 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
8308 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
8309
8310 void
8311 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
8312 reloc_howto_type *howto,
8313 asection *section,
8314 const char *name,
8315 union etree_union *addend)
8316 {
8317 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
8318
8319 p->reloc = reloc;
8320 p->howto = howto;
8321 p->section = section;
8322 p->name = name;
8323 p->addend_exp = addend;
8324
8325 p->addend_value = 0;
8326 p->output_section = NULL;
8327 p->output_offset = 0;
8328 }
8329
8330 lang_assignment_statement_type *
8331 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
8332 {
8333 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
8334
8335 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
8336 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8337 return new_stmt;
8338 }
8339
8340 void
8341 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
8342 {
8343 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
8344 }
8345
8346 void
8347 lang_startup (const char *name)
8348 {
8349 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
8350 {
8351 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
8352 }
8353 first_file->filename = name;
8354 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
8355 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
8356 }
8357
8358 void
8359 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
8360 {
8361 lang_float_flag = maybe;
8362 }
8363
8364
8365 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
8366 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
8367
8368 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
8369 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
8370 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
8371 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
8372 had an explicit load address.
8373
8374 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
8375
8376 static void
8377 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
8378 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
8379 const char *memspec,
8380 const char *lma_memspec,
8381 bfd_boolean have_lma,
8382 bfd_boolean have_vma)
8383 {
8384 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
8385
8386 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
8387 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
8388 as well. */
8389 if (lma_memspec != NULL
8390 && !have_vma
8391 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
8392 *region = *lma_region;
8393 else
8394 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
8395
8396 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
8397 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
8398 NULL);
8399 }
8400
8401 void
8402 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
8403 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8404 const char *lma_memspec)
8405 {
8406 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
8407 &current_section->lma_region,
8408 memspec, lma_memspec,
8409 current_section->load_base != NULL,
8410 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
8411
8412 current_section->fill = fill;
8413 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
8414 pop_stat_ptr ();
8415 }
8416
8417 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
8418
8419 void
8420 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
8421 const char *big,
8422 const char *little,
8423 int from_script)
8424 {
8425 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
8426 {
8427 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
8428 && big != NULL)
8429 format = big;
8430 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
8431 && little != NULL)
8432 format = little;
8433
8434 output_target = format;
8435 }
8436 }
8437
8438 void
8439 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
8440 {
8441 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
8442
8443 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
8444 new_stmt->where = where;
8445 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
8446 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
8447 }
8448
8449 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
8450 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8451
8452 void
8453 lang_enter_group (void)
8454 {
8455 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8456
8457 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8458 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8459 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8460 }
8461
8462 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8463 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8464 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8465 but currently they can't. */
8466
8467 void
8468 lang_leave_group (void)
8469 {
8470 pop_stat_ptr ();
8471 }
8472
8473 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8474 command in a linker script. */
8475
8476 void
8477 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8478 etree_type *type,
8479 bfd_boolean filehdr,
8480 bfd_boolean phdrs,
8481 etree_type *at,
8482 etree_type *flags)
8483 {
8484 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8485 bfd_boolean hdrs;
8486
8487 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8488 n->next = NULL;
8489 n->name = name;
8490 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8491 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8492 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8493 n->at = at;
8494 n->flags = flags;
8495
8496 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8497
8498 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8499 if (hdrs
8500 && (*pp)->type == 1
8501 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8502 {
8503 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8504 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8505 hdrs = FALSE;
8506 }
8507
8508 *pp = n;
8509 }
8510
8511 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8512 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8513
8514 static void
8515 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8516 {
8517 unsigned int alc;
8518 asection **secs;
8519 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8520 struct lang_phdr *l;
8521 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8522
8523 alc = 10;
8524 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8525 last = NULL;
8526
8527 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8528 {
8529 unsigned int c;
8530 flagword flags;
8531 bfd_vma at;
8532
8533 c = 0;
8534 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8535 os != NULL;
8536 os = os->next)
8537 {
8538 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8539
8540 if (os->constraint < 0)
8541 continue;
8542
8543 pl = os->phdrs;
8544 if (pl != NULL)
8545 last = pl;
8546 else
8547 {
8548 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8549 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8550 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8551 continue;
8552
8553 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8554 if (l->type == 3)
8555 continue;
8556
8557 if (last == NULL)
8558 {
8559 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8560
8561 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8562 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8563 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8564 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8565 header and there are sections in that script which are
8566 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8567 use of that header. See here for more details:
8568 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8569 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8570 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8571 {
8572 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8573 break;
8574 }
8575 if (last == NULL)
8576 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8577 }
8578 pl = last;
8579 }
8580
8581 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8582 continue;
8583
8584 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8585 {
8586 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8587 {
8588 if (c >= alc)
8589 {
8590 alc *= 2;
8591 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8592 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8593 }
8594 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8595 ++c;
8596 pl->used = TRUE;
8597 }
8598 }
8599 }
8600
8601 if (l->flags == NULL)
8602 flags = 0;
8603 else
8604 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8605
8606 if (l->at == NULL)
8607 at = 0;
8608 else
8609 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8610
8611 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8612 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8613 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8614 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8615 }
8616
8617 free (secs);
8618
8619 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8620 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8621 os != NULL;
8622 os = os->next)
8623 {
8624 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8625
8626 if (os->constraint < 0
8627 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8628 continue;
8629
8630 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8631 pl != NULL;
8632 pl = pl->next)
8633 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8634 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8635 os->name, pl->name);
8636 }
8637 }
8638
8639 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8640
8641 void
8642 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8643 {
8644 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8645
8646 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8647 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8648 n->list = l;
8649 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8650 nocrossref_list = n;
8651
8652 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8653 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8654 }
8655
8656 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8657
8658 void
8659 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8660 {
8661 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8662 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8663 }
8664 \f
8665 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8666
8667 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8668 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8669 /* And subsection alignment. */
8670 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8671
8672 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8673 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8674
8675 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8676
8677 struct overlay_list {
8678 struct overlay_list *next;
8679 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8680 };
8681
8682 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8683
8684 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8685
8686 void
8687 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8688 {
8689 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8690 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8691 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8692 && overlay_max == NULL);
8693
8694 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8695 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8696 }
8697
8698 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8699 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8700 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8701
8702 void
8703 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8704 {
8705 struct overlay_list *n;
8706 etree_type *size;
8707
8708 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8709 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8710
8711 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8712 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8713 used in the addresses. */
8714 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8715 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8716
8717 /* Remember the section. */
8718 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8719 n->os = current_section;
8720 n->next = overlay_list;
8721 overlay_list = n;
8722
8723 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8724
8725 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8726 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8727 overlay_max = size;
8728 else
8729 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8730 }
8731
8732 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8733 here. */
8734
8735 void
8736 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8737 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8738 {
8739 const char *name;
8740 char *clean, *s2;
8741 const char *s1;
8742 char *buf;
8743
8744 name = current_section->name;
8745
8746 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8747 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8748 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8749 override it. */
8750 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8751
8752 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8753
8754 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8755 s2 = clean;
8756 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8757 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8758 *s2++ = *s1;
8759 *s2 = '\0';
8760
8761 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8762 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8763 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8764 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8765 FALSE));
8766
8767 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8768 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8769 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8770 exp_binop ('+',
8771 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8772 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8773 FALSE));
8774
8775 free (clean);
8776 }
8777
8778 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8779 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8780
8781 void
8782 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8783 int nocrossrefs,
8784 fill_type *fill,
8785 const char *memspec,
8786 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8787 const char *lma_memspec)
8788 {
8789 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8790 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8791 struct overlay_list *l;
8792 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8793
8794 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8795 memspec, lma_memspec,
8796 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8797
8798 nocrossref = NULL;
8799
8800 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8801 overlay region. */
8802 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8803 {
8804 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8805 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8806 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8807 }
8808
8809 l = overlay_list;
8810 while (l != NULL)
8811 {
8812 struct overlay_list *next;
8813
8814 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8815 l->os->fill = fill;
8816
8817 l->os->region = region;
8818 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8819
8820 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8821 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8822 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8823 an LMA region was specified. */
8824 if (l->next == 0)
8825 {
8826 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8827 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8828 }
8829 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8830 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8831
8832 if (nocrossrefs)
8833 {
8834 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8835
8836 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8837 nc->name = l->os->name;
8838 nc->next = nocrossref;
8839 nocrossref = nc;
8840 }
8841
8842 next = l->next;
8843 free (l);
8844 l = next;
8845 }
8846
8847 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8848 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8849
8850 overlay_vma = NULL;
8851 overlay_list = NULL;
8852 overlay_max = NULL;
8853 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8854 }
8855 \f
8856 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8857
8858 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8859 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8860 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8861
8862 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8863 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8864 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8865 const char *sym)
8866 {
8867 const char *c_sym;
8868 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8869 const char *java_sym = sym;
8870 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8871 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8872
8873 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8874 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8875 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8876 if (!c_sym)
8877 c_sym = sym;
8878 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8879
8880 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8881 {
8882 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8883 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8884 if (!cxx_sym)
8885 cxx_sym = sym;
8886 }
8887 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8888 {
8889 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8890 if (!java_sym)
8891 java_sym = sym;
8892 }
8893
8894 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8895 {
8896 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8897
8898 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8899 {
8900 case 0:
8901 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8902 {
8903 e.pattern = c_sym;
8904 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8905 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8906 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8907 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8908 goto out_ret;
8909 else
8910 expr = expr->next;
8911 }
8912 /* Fallthrough */
8913 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8914 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8915 {
8916 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8917 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8918 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8919 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8920 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8921 goto out_ret;
8922 else
8923 expr = expr->next;
8924 }
8925 /* Fallthrough */
8926 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8927 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8928 {
8929 e.pattern = java_sym;
8930 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8931 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8932 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8933 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8934 goto out_ret;
8935 else
8936 expr = expr->next;
8937 }
8938 /* Fallthrough */
8939 default:
8940 break;
8941 }
8942 }
8943
8944 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8945 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8946 expr = head->remaining;
8947 else
8948 expr = prev->next;
8949 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8950 {
8951 const char *s;
8952
8953 if (!expr->pattern)
8954 continue;
8955
8956 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8957 break;
8958
8959 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8960 s = java_sym;
8961 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8962 s = cxx_sym;
8963 else
8964 s = c_sym;
8965 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8966 break;
8967 }
8968
8969 out_ret:
8970 if (c_sym != sym)
8971 free ((char *) c_sym);
8972 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8973 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8974 if (java_sym != sym)
8975 free ((char *) java_sym);
8976 return expr;
8977 }
8978
8979 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8980 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8981
8982 static const char *
8983 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8984 {
8985 const char *p;
8986 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8987 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8988
8989 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8990 {
8991 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8992 backslash. */
8993 if (backslash)
8994 {
8995 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8996 *(s - 1) = *p;
8997 backslash = FALSE;
8998 changed = TRUE;
8999 }
9000 else
9001 {
9002 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
9003 {
9004 free (symbol);
9005 return NULL;
9006 }
9007
9008 *s++ = *p;
9009 backslash = *p == '\\';
9010 }
9011 }
9012
9013 if (changed)
9014 {
9015 *s = '\0';
9016 return symbol;
9017 }
9018 else
9019 {
9020 free (symbol);
9021 return pattern;
9022 }
9023 }
9024
9025 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
9026 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
9027 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
9028
9029 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
9030 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
9031 const char *new_name,
9032 const char *lang,
9033 bfd_boolean literal_p)
9034 {
9035 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
9036
9037 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9038 ret->next = orig;
9039 ret->symver = 0;
9040 ret->script = 0;
9041 ret->literal = TRUE;
9042 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
9043 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
9044 {
9045 ret->pattern = new_name;
9046 ret->literal = FALSE;
9047 }
9048
9049 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
9050 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9051 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
9052 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
9053 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
9054 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
9055 else
9056 {
9057 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
9058 lang);
9059 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9060 }
9061
9062 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
9063 }
9064
9065 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
9066 expressions. */
9067
9068 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
9069 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
9070 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
9071 {
9072 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
9073
9074 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
9075 ret->globals.list = globals;
9076 ret->locals.list = locals;
9077 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
9078 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
9079 return ret;
9080 }
9081
9082 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
9083
9084 static int version_index;
9085
9086 static hashval_t
9087 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
9088 {
9089 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
9090 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
9091
9092 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
9093 }
9094
9095 static int
9096 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
9097 {
9098 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
9099 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
9100 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
9101 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
9102
9103 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
9104 }
9105
9106 static void
9107 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
9108 {
9109 size_t count = 0;
9110 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
9111 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
9112
9113 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
9114 {
9115 if (e->literal)
9116 count++;
9117 head->mask |= e->mask;
9118 }
9119
9120 if (count)
9121 {
9122 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
9123 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
9124 list_loc = &head->list;
9125 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
9126 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
9127 {
9128 next = e->next;
9129 if (!e->literal)
9130 {
9131 *remaining_loc = e;
9132 remaining_loc = &e->next;
9133 }
9134 else
9135 {
9136 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
9137
9138 if (*loc)
9139 {
9140 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
9141
9142 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
9143 last = NULL;
9144 do
9145 {
9146 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
9147 {
9148 last = NULL;
9149 break;
9150 }
9151 last = e1;
9152 e1 = e1->next;
9153 }
9154 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
9155
9156 if (last == NULL)
9157 {
9158 /* This is a duplicate. */
9159 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
9160 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
9161 /* free (e->pattern); */
9162 free (e);
9163 }
9164 else
9165 {
9166 e->next = last->next;
9167 last->next = e;
9168 }
9169 }
9170 else
9171 {
9172 *loc = e;
9173 *list_loc = e;
9174 list_loc = &e->next;
9175 }
9176 }
9177 }
9178 *remaining_loc = NULL;
9179 *list_loc = head->remaining;
9180 }
9181 else
9182 head->remaining = head->list;
9183 }
9184
9185 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
9186 version. */
9187
9188 void
9189 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
9190 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
9191 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
9192 {
9193 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
9194 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
9195
9196 if (name == NULL)
9197 name = "";
9198
9199 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
9200 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
9201 {
9202 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
9203 " with other version tags\n"));
9204 free (version);
9205 return;
9206 }
9207
9208 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
9209 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9210 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9211 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
9212
9213 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
9214 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
9215
9216 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
9217 aren't any duplicates. */
9218
9219 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9220 {
9221 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9222 {
9223 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9224
9225 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
9226 {
9227 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9228 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
9229 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9230 {
9231 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9232 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9233 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9234 e2 = e2->next;
9235 }
9236 }
9237 else if (!e1->literal)
9238 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9239 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9240 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9241 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9242 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9243 }
9244 }
9245
9246 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9247 {
9248 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9249 {
9250 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9251
9252 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
9253 {
9254 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9255 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
9256 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9257 {
9258 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9259 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9260 " in version information\n"),
9261 e1->pattern);
9262 e2 = e2->next;
9263 }
9264 }
9265 else if (!e1->literal)
9266 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9267 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9268 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9269 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9270 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9271 }
9272 }
9273
9274 version->deps = deps;
9275 version->name = name;
9276 if (name[0] != '\0')
9277 {
9278 ++version_index;
9279 version->vernum = version_index;
9280 }
9281 else
9282 version->vernum = 0;
9283
9284 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
9285 ;
9286 *pp = version;
9287 }
9288
9289 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
9290
9291 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
9292 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
9293 {
9294 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
9295 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
9296
9297 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9298 ret->next = list;
9299
9300 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9301 {
9302 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9303 {
9304 ret->version_needed = t;
9305 return ret;
9306 }
9307 }
9308
9309 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
9310
9311 ret->version_needed = NULL;
9312 return ret;
9313 }
9314
9315 static void
9316 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
9317 {
9318 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
9319
9320 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
9321 {
9322 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
9323 char *contents, *p;
9324 bfd_size_type len;
9325
9326 if (sec == NULL)
9327 continue;
9328
9329 len = sec->size;
9330 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
9331 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
9332 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
9333
9334 p = contents;
9335 while (p < contents + len)
9336 {
9337 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
9338 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
9339 }
9340
9341 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
9342
9343 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
9344 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
9345 }
9346
9347 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
9348 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
9349 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
9350 }
9351
9352 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
9353
9354 static void
9355 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
9356 {
9357 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
9358
9359 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
9360 {
9361 if (r->origin_exp)
9362 {
9363 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
9364 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9365 {
9366 r->origin = expld.result.value;
9367 r->current = r->origin;
9368 }
9369 else
9370 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
9371 r->name_list.name);
9372 }
9373 if (r->length_exp)
9374 {
9375 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
9376 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9377 r->length = expld.result.value;
9378 else
9379 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
9380 r->name_list.name);
9381 }
9382 }
9383 }
9384
9385 void
9386 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
9387 {
9388 struct unique_sections *ent;
9389
9390 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
9391 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
9392 return;
9393
9394 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
9395 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
9396 ent->next = unique_section_list;
9397 unique_section_list = ent;
9398 }
9399
9400 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
9401
9402 void
9403 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **list_p,
9404 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
9405 {
9406 if (*list_p)
9407 {
9408 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
9409 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
9410 ;
9411 tail->next = (*list_p)->head.list;
9412 (*list_p)->head.list = dynamic;
9413 }
9414 else
9415 {
9416 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
9417
9418 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
9419 d->head.list = dynamic;
9420 d->match = lang_vers_match;
9421 *list_p = d;
9422 }
9423 }
9424
9425 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
9426 one. */
9427
9428 void
9429 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
9430 {
9431 const char *symbols[] =
9432 {
9433 "typeinfo name for*",
9434 "typeinfo for*"
9435 };
9436 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9437 unsigned int i;
9438
9439 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9440 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9441 FALSE);
9442
9443 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9444 }
9445
9446 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
9447 existing one. */
9448
9449 void
9450 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
9451 {
9452 const char *symbols[] =
9453 {
9454 "operator new*",
9455 "operator delete*"
9456 };
9457 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9458 unsigned int i;
9459
9460 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9461 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9462 FALSE);
9463
9464 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9465 }
9466
9467 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9468
9469 void
9470 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9471 {
9472 char *p, *q;
9473
9474 p = str;
9475 while (*p)
9476 {
9477 char sep;
9478 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9479 ++p;
9480 if (!*p)
9481 break;
9482 q = p + 1;
9483 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9484 ++q;
9485 sep = *q;
9486 *q = 0;
9487 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9488 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
9489 else
9490 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9491 *q = sep;
9492 p = q;
9493 }
9494 }
9495
9496 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9497
9498 static void
9499 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9500 {
9501 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9502 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9503 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9504 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9505 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9506 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9507 else
9508 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9509 }
9510
9511 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9512
9513 void
9514 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9515 {
9516 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9517
9518 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9519 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9520 {
9521 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9522
9523 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9524 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9525 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9526
9527 if (r->length != 0)
9528 {
9529 double percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9530 printf (" %6.2f%%", percent);
9531 }
9532 printf ("\n");
9533 }
9534 }
This page took 0.232537 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.